Toyota 2002 Tacoma Owner's Manual


Add to my manuals
308 Pages

advertisement

Toyota 2002 Tacoma Owner's Manual | Manualzz

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

Foreword

Welcome to the growing group of value−conscious people who drive Toyotas. We are proud of the advanced engineering and quality construction of each vehicle we build.

This Owner’s Manual explains the operation of your new Toyota. Please read it thoroughly and have all the occupants follow the instructions carefully. Doing so will help you enjoy many years of safe and trouble−free motoring. For important information about this manual and your Toyota, read the following pages carefully.

When it comes to service, remember that your Toyota dealer knows your vehicle best and is interested in your complete satisfaction. He will provide quality maintenance and any other assistance you may require.

If there is not a Toyota dealer near you, or you need emergency assistance for any reason, please call the following number:

D

U.S. OWNERS: Toyota Customer Assistance Center Toll−free:1−800−331−4331

D

CANADIAN OWNERS: Toyota Canada Customer Interaction Centre Toll−free:1−888−TOYOTA−8 (1−888−869−6828)

Please leave this Owner’s Manual in this vehicle at the time of resale. The next owner will need this information also.

All information and specifications in this manual are current at the time of printing. However, because of Toyota’s policy of continual product improvement, we reserve the right to make changes at any time without notice.

Please note that this manual applies to all models and explains all equipment, including options. Therefore, you may find some explanations for equipment not installed on your vehicle.

©

2001 TOYOTA MOTOR CORPORATION

All rights reserved. This material may not be reproduced or copied, in whole or in part, without the written permission of Toyota

Motor Corporation.

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U) i

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

Important information about this manual

Safety symbol Safety and vehicle damage warnings

Throughout this manual, you will see safety and vehicle damage warnings. You must follow these warnings carefully to avoid possible injury or damage.

The types of warnings, what they look like, and how they are used in this manual are explained as follows:

CAUTION

This is a warning against something which may cause injury to people if the warning is ignored. You are informed about what you must or must not do in order to avoid or reduce the risk to yourself and other people.

NOTICE

This is a warning against something which may cause damage to the vehicle or its equipment if the warning is ignored. You are informed about what you must or must not do in order to avoid or reduce the risk of damage to your vehicle and its equipment.

When you see the safety symbol shown above, it means: “Do not...”;

“Do not do this”; or “Do not let this happen”.

ii

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

Important information about your Toyota

New vehicle warranty

Your new vehicle is covered by the following Toyota limited warranties:

D

New vehicle warranty

D

Emission control systems warranty

D

Others

For further information, please refer to the “Owner’s

Warranty Information Booklet” or “Owner’s Manual

Supplement”.

Your responsibility for maintenance

It is the owner’s responsibility to make sure that the specified maintenance is performed. Section 6 gives details of these maintenance requirements. Also included in Section 6 is general maintenance. For scheduled maintenance information, please refer to the “Scheduled

Maintenance Guide” or “Owner’s Manual Supplement”.

iii

Accessories, spare parts and modification of your Toyota

A wide variety of non−genuine spare parts and accessories for Toyota vehicles are currently available in the market. You should know that Toyota does not warrant these products and is not responsible for their performance, repair, or replacement, or for any damage they may cause to, or adverse effect they may have on, your Toyota vehicle.

This vehicle should not be modified with non−genuine

Toyota products. Modification with non−genuine Toyota products could affect its performance, safety or durability, and may even violate governmental regulations. In addition, damage or performance problems resulting from the modification may not be covered under warranty.

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

Spark ignition system of your

Toyota

The spark ignition system in your Toyota meets all requirements of the Canadian Interference−Causing Equipment Standard.

Installation of a mobile two−way radio system

As the installation of a mobile two−way radio system in your vehicle could affect electronic systems such as multiport fuel injection system/sequential multiport fuel injection system, cruise control system, anti−lock brake system, SRS airbag system and seat belt pretensioner system, be sure to check with your Toyota dealer for precautionary measures or special instructions regarding installation.

Scrapping of your Toyota

The SRS airbag and seat belt pretensioner devices in your Toyota contain explosive chemicals. If the vehicle is scrapped with the airbags and pretensioners left as they are, this may cause an accident such as fire. Be sure to have the systems of the SRS airbag and seat belt pretensioner removed and disposed of by a qualified service shop or by your Toyota dealer before you dispose of your vehicle.

iv 2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

On−pavement and off−road driving tips

(4WD models and Pre Runner)

This vehicle will handle and maneuver differently from an ordinary passenger car because it is designed for off−road use also. It has a significantly higher rollover rate than other types of vehicles. In addition, this vehicle has a higher ground clearance and center of gravity than that of an ordinary passenger car. This vehicle design feature causes this type of vehicle to be more likely to rollover. Failure to operate this vehicle correctly may result in loss of control, accidents or vehicle rollover causing death or serious injury. Be sure to read

“Off−road vehicle precautions” in Section 2 and “Off− road driving precautions” in Section 3.

v

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109) vi 2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

SECTION

1

1

OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS AND

CONTROLS

Overview of instruments and controls

Instrument panel overview

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2

Instrument cluster overview

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

4

Indicator symbols on the instrument panel

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

6

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U) 1

2

Instrument panel overview

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

1. Instrument cluster

2. Center vents

3. Personal lights or interior light

4. Side vents

5. Rear view mirror remote control levers

6. Glove box

7. Power door lock switches

8. Power window switches

9. Manual transmission gear shift lever or automatic transmission selector lever

10. Rear console box

11. Cup holder

12. Power rear view mirror control switches

13. Front drive control lever

14. Tilt steering lock release lever

15. Hood lock release lever

16. Window lock switch

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

1. Headlight and turn signal switch

2. Wiper and washer switches

3. Emergency flasher switch

4. Passenger airbag manual on−off switch

5. Air conditioning controls

6. Car audio

7. Ashtray

8. Cigarette lighter

9. Power outlets

10. Clock

11. Parking brake lever

12. Ignition switch

13. Cruise control switch

14. Rear differential lock switch

15. Instrument panel light control knob

16. Clutch start cancel switch (manual transmission) or driving pattern selector button (automatic transmission)

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U) 3

Instrument cluster overview

" With tachometer

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

1. Engine coolant temperature gauge

2. Tachometer

3. Service reminder indicators and indicator lights

4. Speedometer

5. Fuel gauge

6. Trip meter reset knob

4 2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

7. Odometer and two trip meters

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

"

Without tachometer

1. Engine coolant temperature gauge

2. Service reminder indicators and indicator lights

3. Speedometer

4. Odometer

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

5. Fuel gauge

5

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

6

Indicator symbols on the instrument panel

Brake system warning light

1

Seat belt reminder light

1

Discharge warning light

1

Low engine oil pressure warning light

1

Malfunction indicator lamp

1

Low fuel level warning light

1 or Anti−lock brake system warning light

1

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

SRS warning light

1

Unengaged “Park” warning light

1

Automatic transmission fluid temperature warning light

1

Low windshield washer fluid level warning light

1

Turn signal indicator lights

Headlight high beam indicator light

Overdrive−off indicator light

Driving pattern (POWER mode) indicator light

Four−wheel drive indicator light

Rear differential lock indicator light

Cruise control indicator light

2

1 : For details, see “Service reminder indicators and warning buzzers” in Section 1−5.

2

: If this light flashes, see “Cruise control” in Section 1−6.

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U) 7

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

8 2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

SECTION

1

2

OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS AND

CONTROLS

Keys and Doors

Keys

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Side doors

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

10

10

Power windows

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

12

Quarter windows

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

14

Rear window

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

14

Tailgate

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

15

Hood

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Fuel tank cap

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

15

16

Detachable moon roof

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

18

Detachable sun shade

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

21

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U) 9

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

Side doors Keys

This key works in every lock.

Since the doors can be locked without a key, you should always carry a spare key in case you accidentally lock your key inside the vehicle.

10

KEY NUMBER PLATE

Your key number is shown on the plate.

Keep the plate in a safe place such as your wallet, not in the vehicle.

If you should lose your keys or if you need additional keys, duplicates can be made by a Toyota dealer using the key number.

We recommend you to write down the key number and keep it in safe place.

LOCKING AND UNLOCKING WITH KEY

Insert the key into the keyhole and turn it.

To lock: Turn the key forward.

To unlock: Turn the key backward.

Vehicles with power door lock system—

All the doors lock and unlock simultaneously with either front door. In the driver’s door lock, turning the key once will unlock the driver’s door and twice in succession will unlock all the door simultaneously.

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

LOCKING AND UNLOCKING WITH

INSIDE LOCK BUTTON

Move the lock button.

To lock: Push the button downward.

To unlock: Pull the button upward.

Closing the door with the lock button pushed in will also lock the door. Be careful not to lock your keys in the vehicle.

Vehicles with power door lock system—

The doors cannot be locked if you leave the key in the ignition switch.

Driver’s side

Passenger’s side

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

LOCKING AND UNLOCKING WITH

POWER DOOR LOCK SWITCH

Push the switch.

To lock: Push the switch on the front side.

To unlock: Push the switch on the rear side.

All the doors lock or unlock simultaneously.

All the doors cannot be unlocked with the power door lock switch by the following cases:

D

Either front door is locked by the key.

D

Either front door is closed with the inside door lock button pushed in.

11

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

REAR DOOR CHILD−PROTECTORS

Move the lock lever to the “LOCK” position as shown on the label.

This feature allows you to lock a rear door so it can be opened from the outside only, not from inside. We recommend using this feature whenever small children are in the vehicle.

12

CAUTION

Before driving, be sure that the doors are closed and locked, especially when small children are in the vehicle. Along with the proper use of seat belts, locking the doors helps prevent the driver and passengers from being thrown out from the vehicle during an accident. It also helps prevent the doors from being opened unintentionally.

Power windows

The windows can be operated with the switch on each door.

The power windows work when the ignition switch is in the “ON” position.

Key off operation: If both front doors are closed, they work for 43 seconds even after the ignition switch is turned off. They stop working when either front door is opened.

OPERATING THE DRIVER’S WINDOW

Use the switch on the driver’s door.

Normal operation: The window moves as long as you hold the switch.

To open: Lightly push down the switch.

To close: Pull up the switch.

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

Window lock switch

Automatic operation (to open only):

Push the switch completely down and then release it. The window will fully open. To stop the window partway, lightly pull the switch up and then release it.

OPERATING THE PASSENGERS’

WINDOWS

Use the switch on each passenger’s door or the switches on the driver’s door that control each passenger’s window.

The window moves as long as you hold the switch.

To open: Push down the switch.

To close: Pull up the switch.

If you push in the window lock switch on the driver’s door, the passengers’ windows cannot be operated.

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U) 13

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

Quarter windows

(Xtra−cab models) Rear window

CAUTION

To avoid serious personal injury, you must do the following.

D

Always make sure the heads, hands and other parts of the bodies of all occupants are kept completely inside the vehicle before you close the power windows. If someone’s neck, head or hands gets caught in a closing window, it could result in a serious injury. When anyone closes the power windows, make sure that he/she operates the windows safely.

D

When small children are in the vehicle, never let them use the power window switches without supervision. Use the window lock switch to prevent them from making unexpected use of the switches.

D

Never leave small children alone in the vehicle, especially with the ignition key still inserted. They could use the power window switches and get trapped in a window. Unattended children can be involved in serious accidents.

To open the quarter window, pull the latch handle toward you and swing it fully out.

When closing the window, make sure it is completely closed.

To unlock the rear window, pull the latch handle toward you.

When closing the window, make sure it is completely closed.

14 2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

Hood Tailgate

To open the tailgate, pull the handle up.

The support cables will hold the tailgate horizontal.

See “Luggage stowage precautions” in

Section 2 for precautions in loading luggage.

After closing the tailgate, try pulling it toward you to make sure it is securely locked.

NOTICE

Avoid driving with the tailgate open.

To lower the tailgate fully, release the support brackets from the lugs as shown.

NOTICE z

Lower the tailgate gently when it is unhooked.

z

Make sure the tailgate is securely caught by the support brackets before closing the tailgate.

To open the hood:

1. Pull the hood lock release lever. The hood will spring up slightly.

CAUTION

Before driving, be sure that the hood is securely closed and locked. Otherwise, the hood may open unexpectedly while driving and an accident may occur.

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U) 15

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

Fuel tank cap

2. In front of the vehicle, pull up the auxiliary catch lever and lift the hood.

3. Hold the hood open by inserting the support rod into the slot.

Before closing the hood, check to see that you have not forgotten any tools, rags, etc. and return the support rod to its clip—this prevents rattles. Then lower the hood and make sure it locks into place.

If necessary, press down gently on the front edge to lock it.

CAUTION

After inserting the support rod into the slot, make sure the rod supports the hood securely from falling down on to your head or body.

With tachometer

Without tachometer

16 2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

This indicates that the fuel filler door is on the left side of your vehicle.

Type A

Type B

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

1. Type A—

To open the fuel filler door, pull the door toward out as shown.

Type B—

To open the fuel filler door, insert the key and turn it counterclockwise.

When refueling, turn off the engine.

CAUTION

D

Do not smoke, cause sparks or allow open flames when refueling.

The fumes are flammable.

D

When opening the cap, do not remove the cap quickly. In hot weather, fuel under pressure could cause injury by spraying out of the filler neck if the cap is suddenly removed.

D

Do not fill a fuel container on a plastic truck bed liner, a rubber truck bed mat, or any other insulating material. A static electricity charge could cause a spark and fire hazard. The proper procedure is to place an approved fuel container on the ground away from the truck for filling.

17

Type A

Type B

18

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

2. To remove the fuel tank cap, turn the cap slowly counterclockwise, then pause slightly before removing it. After removing the cap, hang it on the cap hanger (type A) or hook it on the inside of the fuel filler door

(type B).

It is not unusual to hear a slight swoosh when the cap is opened. When installing, turn the cap clockwise till you hear a click.

If the cap is not tightened securely, the malfunction indicator lamp comes on.

Make sure the cap is tightened securely.

The indicator lamp goes off after driving several times. If the indicator lamp does not go off, contact your Toyota dealer as soon as possible.

CAUTION

D

Make sure the cap is tightened securely to prevent fuel spillage in case of an accident.

D

Use only a genuine Toyota fuel tank cap for replacement. It is designed to regulate fuel tank pressure.

Detachable moon roof—

—Moon roof precautions

CAUTION

To avoid serious personal injury, you must do the following.

D

While the vehicle is moving, always keep the heads, hands and other parts of the bodies of all occupants away from the roof opening. Otherwise, they could be seriously injured if the vehicle stops suddenly or if the vehicle is involved in an accident.

D

Never sit on top of the vehicle around the roof opening.

D

Never attempt to remove the moon roof panel while driving. Otherwise, the panel may become a hazard by falling into or flying off the vehicle.

D

After installing the moon roof panel, make sure they are firmly secured by pushing up on the underside of the panel.

D

Never put your hands between the moon roof panel and the surrounding roof.

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

—Tilting up and closing —Removing

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

To tilt up the moon roof, first pull down on the handle while pushing in one of the lock buttons. Then push up the moon roof until it locks.

After tilting up the moon roof, make sure the handle is securely in place.

When closing the moon roof, slowly pull down the handle while supporting the roof with your hand. Close and lock the moon roof by pushing the handle. Be sure to use your palm to push the handle. After closing the moon roof, make sure it is securely locked.

1. Pull the handle down while pushing in one of the lock buttons.

2. Push in the retaining spring arms as shown and push up the moon roof.

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U) 19

—Installing

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

3. Push back the auxiliary catch to release it from the hook. Then lift the moon roof panel and pull it out.

1. Insert the flat hinges of the moon roof panel into the cutouts on the body. Then slowly lower it while holding the roof with your hands.

Make sure both flat hinges are inserted into the cutouts.

2. Press in the retaining spring arms and insert them into the holes. Then push the handle up with the palm of your hand and lock the roof.

20 2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

Detachable sun shade

To remove: Support the sun shade panel with your hand while you unlock the sun shade by turning the knob counterclockwise.

To install: Hang the two hinges of the sun shade panel onto the hooks provided. Then push up the sun shade panel while turning the knob counterclockwise.

CAUTION

For safety, do not remove the sun shade while driving.

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U) 21

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

22 2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

SECTION

1

3

OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS AND

CONTROLS

Seats, Seat belts, Steering wheel and Mirrors

Seats

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Front seats

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

24

24

Swing−up jump seats

Folding rear seatback

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

27

28

Head restraints

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

29

Armrest

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

30

Seat belts

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

30

SRS driver airbag and front passenger airbag

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

39

Passenger airbag manual on−off switch

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

56

Child restraint

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Tilt steering wheel

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

56

101

Outside rear view mirrors

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

101

Anti−glare inside rear view mirror

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

103

Sun visors

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

104

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U) 23

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

Seats

While the vehicle is being driven, all vehicle occupants should have the seatback upright, sit well back in the seat and properly wear the seat belts provided.

CAUTION

D

Do not drive the vehicle unless the occupants are properly seated. Do not allow sitting on top of a folded−down seatback, or in the luggage compartment or cargo area.

Persons not properly seated and/or properly restrained by seat belts can be severely injured in the event of emergency braking or a collision.

D

During driving, do not allow passengers to stand up or move around between seats. Severe injuries can occur in the event of emergency braking or a collision.

Front seats—

—Seat adjustment precautions

Adjust the driver’s seat so that the foot pedals, steering wheel and instrument panel controls are within easy reach of the driver.

CAUTION

D

Adjustments should not be made while the vehicle is moving, as the seat may unexpectedly move and cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle.

D

When adjusting the seat, be careful that the seat does not hit a passenger or luggage.

D

After adjusting the seat position, try sliding it forward and backward to make sure it is locked in position.

D

After adjusting the seatback, push back your body to make sure it is locked in position.

D

Do not put objects under the seats.

The objects may interfere with the seat−lock mechanism or unexpectedly push up the seat position adjusting lever; the seat may suddenly move, causing the driver to lose control of the vehicle.

24 2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

D

While adjusting the seat, do not put your hands under the seat or near the moving parts. You may catch and injure your hands or fingers.

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

—Adjusting front seats

Separate and split bench seat Non−split bench seat

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

1. SEAT POSITION ADJUSTING LEVER

Pull the lever up. Then slide the seat to the desired position with slight body pressure and release the lever.

2. SEATBACK ANGLE ADJUSTING

LEVER (except bench seat)

Lean forward and pull the lever up.

Then lean back to the desired angle and release the lever.

CAUTION

To reduce the risk of sliding under the lap belt during a collision, avoid reclining the seatback any more than needed. The seat belts provide maximum protection in a frontal or rear collision when the driver and the passenger are sitting up straight and well back in the seats. If you are reclined, the lap belt may slide past your hips and apply restraint forces directly to the abdomen. Therefore, in the event of a frontal collision, the risk of personal injury may increase with increasing recline of the seatback.

25

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

3. DRIVER’S SEAT CUSHION ANGLE

ADJUSTING KNOB (on some models)

Turn the knob either way.

4. DRIVER’S SEAT LUMBAR SUPPORT

ADJUSTING SWITCH (on some models)

Push the control switch either way.

The amount of lumbar support will change as long as the switch is pushed.

—Moving passenger’s seat for rear seat entry

(Xtra−cab models)

For easy access to the rear seat, do this.

1. Lift the seatback angle adjusting lever or press the pedal behind the seatback.

The seat will slide forward.

2. Move the seat to the front−most position.

After passengers are in, lift up the seatback and return the seat until it locks.

CAUTION

D

After putting back the seat, try pushing the seat forward and rearward to make sure it is secured in place.

D

Never allow anyone to rest their foot on the press pedal while the vehicle is moving.

26 2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

—Folding seatback

(regular cab models)

Pull the seatback lock release lever and fold down the seatback.

Hold the lever until you have swung the seatback forward slightly.

Swing−up jump seats

(Xtra−cab models)

CAUTION

When returning the seatback to the upright position, observe the following precautions in order to prevent personal injury in a collision or sudden stop:

D

Make sure the seatback is securely locked by pushing forward and rearward on the top of the seatback.

D

Make sure the seat belts are not twisted or caught in the seatback and are arranged in their proper position and are ready to use.

To raise the bottom cushion, pull it up.

To lower the bottom cushion, push it down.

See “Luggage stowage precautions” in

Section 2 for precautions in loading luggage.

CAUTION

When returning the bottom cushion to its original position, make sure the seat belts are not twisted or caught under the bottom cushion and are arranged in their proper position and are ready to use.

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U) 27

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

Folding rear seatback (double cab models)

Pull the seatback lock release belt forward and fold down the seat back.

CAUTION

When returning the seatback to the upright position, observe the following precautions in order to prevent personal injury in a collision or sudden stop:

D

Make sure the seatback is securely locked by pushing forward and rearward on the top of the seatback.

Failure to do so will prevent the seat belt from operating properly.

D

Make sure the seat belts are not twisted or caught in the seatback and are arranged in their proper position and are ready to use.

You can use the rear seatback tray when the vehicle is stopped.

CAUTION

To avoid serious injury:

D

Do not set up the rear seatback tray while the vehicle is moving.

D

Do not sit on the folded rear seatback tray.

28 2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

NOTICE

To prevent the seat from damaging, avoid putting heavy loads on the rear seatback tray.

Head restraints

Front

Rear (double cab models only)

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

For your safety and comfort, adjust the head restraint before driving.

To raise: Pull it up.

To lower: Push it down while pressing the lock release button.

On some models, you can also move the head restraint forward or backward. If such adjustment is desired, pull or push the head restraint.

The head restraint is most effective when it is close to your head. Therefore, using a cushion on the seatback is not recommended.

CAUTION

D

Adjust the center of the head restraint so that it is closest to the top of your ears.

D

After adjusting the head restraint, make sure it is locked in position.

D

Do not drive with the head restraints removed.

29

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

Armrest

To use the armrest, do this.

To lower: Pull the lock release strap and down the armrest.

To raise: Push down the lock release strap and up the armrest.

NOTICE

To prevent damage to the armrest, avoid putting heavy loads on it.

30

Seat belts—

—Seat belt precautions

Toyota strongly urges that the driver and passengers in the vehicle be properly restrained at all times with the seat belts provided. Failure to do so could increase the chance of injury and/or the severity of injury in accidents.

Child. Use a child restraint system appropriate for the child until the child becomes large enough to properly wear the vehicle’s seat belts. See “Child restraint” for details.

REGULAR CAB MODELS—

If a child is too large for a child restraint system, the child should sit in the seat and must be restrained using the vehicle’s seat belt.

XTRA−CAB and DOUBLE CAB MODELS—

If a child is too large for a child restraint system, the child should sit in the rear seat and must be restrained using the vehicle’s seat belt. According to accident statistics, the child is safer when properly restrained in the rear seat than in the front seat.

If a child must sit in the front seat, the seat belts should be worn properly. If an accident occurs and the seat belts are not worn properly, the force of the rapid inflation of the airbag may cause death or serious injury to the child.

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

Do not allow the child to stand up or kneel on either rear or front seats. An unrestrained child could suffer serious injury or death during emergency braking or a collision. Also, do not let the child sit on your lap. It does not provide sufficient restraint.

Small−framed person or youth in a

3−point type seat belt. On models with a bench seat, have a small−framed person or youth sit slightly closer to the center of the vehicle (so the shoulder belt does not cross over the neck). On models with separate seats, move the seat fully backward.

Pregnant woman. Toyota recommends the use of a seat belt. Ask your doctor for specific recommendations. The lap belt should be worn securely and as low as possible over the hips and not on the waist.

Injured person. Toyota recommends the use of a seat belt. Depending on the injury, first check with your doctor for specific recommendations

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

—Front and rear outside seat belts

CAUTION

Persons should ride in their seats properly wearing their seat belts whenever the vehicle is moving.

Otherwise, they are much more likely to suffer serious bodily injury or death in the event of sudden braking or a collision.

When using the seat belts, observe the following:

D

Use the belt for only one person at a time. Do not use a single belt for two or more people—even children.

D

Avoid reclining the seatbacks too much. The seat belts provide maximum protection when the seatbacks are in the upright position. (Refer to the seat adjustment instructions.)

D

Be careful not to damage the belt webbing or hardware. Take care that they do not get caught or pinched in the seat or side doors.

D

Inspect the belt system periodically.

Check for cuts, fraying, and loose parts. Damaged parts should be replaced. Do not disassemble or modify the system.

D

Keep the belts clean and dry. If they need cleaning, use a mild soap solution or lukewarm water. Never use bleach, dye, or abrasive cleaners—they may severely weaken the belts. (See “Cleaning the interior” in Section 5.)

D

Replace the belt assembly (including bolts) if it has been used in a severe impact. The entire assembly should be replaced even if damage is not obvious.

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

Adjust the seat as needed (front seats only) and sit up straight and well back in the seat. To fasten your belt, pull it out of the retractor and insert the tab into the buckle.

You will hear a click when the tab locks into the buckle.

The seat belt length automatically adjusts to your size and the seat position.

The retractor will lock the belt during a sudden stop or on impact. It also may lock if you lean forward too quickly. A slow, easy motion will allow the belt to extend, and you can move around freely.

31

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

If the seat belt cannot be pulled out of the retractor, firmly pull the belt and release it. You will then be able to smoothly pull the belt out of the retractor.

When a passenger’s shoulder belt is completely extended and is then retracted even slightly, the belt is locked in that position and cannot be extended. This feature is used to hold the child restraint system securely. (For details, see “Child restraint” in this section.) To free the belt again, fully retract the belt and then pull the belt out once more.

CAUTION

D

After inserting the tab, make sure the tab and buckle are locked and that the belt is not twisted.

D

Do not insert coins, clips, etc. in the buckle as this may prevent you from properly latching the tab and buckle.

D

If the seat belt does not function normally, immediately contact your

Toyota dealer. Do not use the seat until the seat belt is fixed. It cannot protect an adult occupant or your child from injury.

Seat belts with an adjustable shoulder anchor—

Adjust the shoulder anchor position to your size.

To raise: Slide the anchor up.

To lower: Push in the lock release button and slide the anchor down.

After adjustment, make sure the anchor is locked in position.

CAUTION

Always make sure the shoulder belt is positioned across the center of your shoulder. The belt should be kept away from your neck, but not falling off your shoulder. Failure to do so could reduce the amount of protection in an accident and cause severe injuries in a collision.

32 2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

Too high

Take up slack

Keep as low on hips as possible

Adjust the position of the lap and shoulder belts.

Position the lap belt as low as possible on your hips—not on your waist, then adjust it to a snug fit by pulling the shoulder portion upward through the latch plate.

CAUTION

D

Both high−positioned lap belts and loose−fitting belts could cause serious injuries due to sliding under the lap belt during a collision or other unintended result. Keep the lap belt positioned as low on hips as possible.

D

For your safety, do not place the shoulder belt under your arm.

To release the belt, press the buckle−release button and allow the belt to retract.

If the belt does not retract smoothly, pull it out and check for kinks or twists. Then make sure it remains untwisted as it retracts.

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U) 33

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

—Front and rear center seat belt

Lengthen

Sit up straight and well back in the seat. To fasten your belt, insert the tab into the buckle.

You will hear a click when the tab locks into the buckle.

If the belt is not long enough for you, hold the tab at a right angle to the belt and pull on the tab.

CAUTION

D

After inserting the tab, make sure the tab and buckle are locked and that the belt is not twisted.

D

Do not insert coins, clips, etc. in the buckle as this may prevent you from properly latching the tab and buckle.

D

If the seat belt does not function normally, immediately contact your

Toyota dealer. Do not use the seat until the seat belt is fixed. It cannot protect an adult occupant or your child from injury.

Adjust to a snug fit

Too high

Keep as low on hips as possible

Remove excess length of the belt and adjust the belt position.

To shorten the belt, pull the free end of the belt.

Position the lap belt as low as possible on your hips—not on your waist, then adjust it to a snug fit.

CAUTION

Both high−positioned and loose−fitting lap belts could cause serious injuries due to sliding under the lap belt during a collision or other unintended result. Keep the lap belt positioned as low on hips as possible.

34 2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

To release the belt, press the buckle−release button.

—Stowing the rear seat buckles (Xtra−cab models)

The buckles can be fixed when not in use.

When taking out the buckle from the holder, pull on the belt webbing to remove the buckle from the lower portion.

—Seat belt extender

If your seat belt cannot be fastened securely because it is not long enough, a personalized seat belt extender is available from your Toyota dealer free of charge.

Please contact your local Toyota dealer so that the dealer can order the proper required length for the extender. Bring the heaviest coat you expect to wear for proper measurement and selection of length.

Additional ordering information is available at your Toyota dealer.

CAUTION

When using the seat belt extender, observe the following precautions.

Failure to follow these instructions could result in less effectiveness of the seat belt restraint system in case of vehicle accident, increasing the chance of personal injury.

D

Never use the seat belt extender if you can fasten the seat belt without it.

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U) 35

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

D

Remember that the extender provided for you may not be safe when used on a different vehicle, or for another person or at a different seating position than the one originally intended for.

To connect the extender to the seat belt, insert the tab into the seat belt buckle so that the “PRESS” signs on the buckle−release buttons of the extender and the seat belt are both facing outward as shown.

You will hear a click when the tab locks into the buckle.

When releasing the seat belt, press on the buckle−release button on the extender, not on the seat belt. This helps prevent damage to the vehicle interior and extender itself.

When not in use, remove the extender and store in the vehicle for future use.

CAUTION

D

After inserting the tab, make sure the tab and buckle are locked and that the seat belt extender is not twisted.

D

Do not insert coins, clips, etc. in the buckle as this may prevent you from properly latching the tab and buckle.

D

If the seat belt does not function normally, immediately contact your

Toyota dealer. Do not use the seat until the seat belt is fixed. It cannot protect an adult occupant or your child from injury.

36 2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

—Front seat belt pretensioners

The driver and front passenger’s seat belt pretensioners are designed to be activated in response to a severe frontal impact.

When the airbag sensor detects the shock of a severe frontal impact, the front seat belts are quickly drawn back in by the retractors so that the belts snugly restrain the front seat occupants.

The front seat belt pretensioners are activated even with no passenger in the front seat.

This indicator comes on when the ignition key is turned to the “ON” position.

It goes off after about 6 seconds. This means the front seat belt pretensioners are operating properly.

This warning light system monitors the airbag sensor assembly, front airbag sensors, front seat belt pretensioner assemblies, inflators, warning light, interconnecting wiring and power sources. (For details, see “Service reminder indicators and warning buzzers” in Section 1−5.)

The front seat belt pretensioner system mainly consists of the following components and their locations are shown in the illustration.

1. Front airbag sensors

2. SRS warning light

3. Front seat belt pretensioner assemblies

4. Airbag sensor assembly

The front seat belt pretensioners are controlled by the airbag sensor assembly. The airbag sensor assembly consists of a safing sensor and airbag sensor.

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U) 37

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

When the front seat belt pretensioners are activated, an operating noise may be heard and a small amount of smoke−like gas may be released. This gas is harmless and does not indicate that a fire is occurring.

Once the front seat belt pretensioners have been activated, the seat belt retractors remain locked.

CAUTION

Do not modify, remove, strike or open the front seat belt pretensioner assemblies, airbag sensor or surrounding area or wiring. Doing any of these may cause sudden operation of the front seat belt pretensioners or disable the system, which could result in death or serious injury.

Failure to follow these instructions can result in death or serious injuries.

NOTICE

Do not perform any of the following changes without consulting your

Toyota dealer. Such changes can interfere with proper operation of the front seat belt pretensioners in some cases.

z

Installation of electronic devices such as a mobile two−way radio, cassette tape player or compact disc player z

Repairs on or near the front seat belt pretensioner assemblies z Modification of the suspension system z

Modification of the front end structure z

Attachment of a grille guard (bull bar, kangaroo bar, etc.), snowplow, winches or any other equipment to the front end z

Repairs made on or near the front fenders, front end structure or console

This front seat belt pretensioner system has a service reminder indicator to inform the driver of operating problems. If any of the following conditions occurs, this indicates a malfunction of the airbags or pretensioners. Contact your Toyota dealer as soon as possible to service the vehicle.

D

The light does not come on when the ignition key is turned to the “ON” position, or the light remains on.

D

The light comes on or flashes while driving.

D

If either front seat belt does not retract or can not be pulled out due to a malfunction or activation of the relevant front seat belt pretensioner.

38 2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

SRS driver airbag and front passenger airbag

(vehicles with passenger airbag manual on−off switch)

In the following cases, contact your Toyota dealer as soon as possible:

D

The front part of the vehicle (shaded in the illustration) was involved in an accident that was not severe enough to cause the front seat belt pretensioners to operate.

D

Either front seat belt pretensioner assembly or surrounding area is scratched, cracked, or otherwise damaged.

The SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) airbags are designed to provide further protection for occupants in the following seats in addition to the primary safety protection provided by the seat belts.

D

Models with separate front seats—The

SRS airbags are designed to protect the driver and front passenger.

D

Models with bench front seats—The

SRS airbags are designed to protect the driver and right−front passenger.

They are not designed to protect occupant in the center position.

In response to a severe frontal impact, the SRS airbags work together with the seat belts to help prevent or reduce injury by inflating. The SRS airbags help to reduce injuries mainly to the driver’s or front passenger’s head or chest directly hitting the steering wheel or dashboard. When the passenger airbag manual on−off switch is in the “ON” position, the front passenger airbag is activated even with no passenger in the front seat.

Be sure to wear your seat belt properly.

Your vehicle is equipped with a crash sensing and diagnostic module, which will record the use of the seat belt restraint system by the driver when the SRS airbags are inflated.

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U) 39

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

CAUTION

The driver or front passenger who is too close to the steering wheel or dashboard during airbag deployment can be killed or seriously injured. Toyota strongly recommends that:

D

The driver sit as far back as possible from the steering wheel while still maintaining control of the vehicle.

D

The front passenger sit as far back as possible from the dashboard.

D

All vehicle occupants be properly restrained using the available seat belts.

40

The passenger airbag system is equipped with a manual on−off switch and indicator light. Turning the passenger airbag manual on−off switch clockwise to the “ON” position makes the front passenger airbag system operational. Turning the passenger airbag manual on−off switch counterclockwise to the “OFF” position disables the front passenger airbag system. The indicator light on the passenger airbag manual on−off switch will come on when the front passenger airbag system has been disabled.

See “Passenger airbag manual on−off switch” in this section for detail.

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

CAUTION

D

Make sure that the indicator light is off.

D

Do not turn off the passenger airbag manual on−off switch except when a member of a passenger risk group identified in TABLE 1 is occupying the right front passenger seating position.

D

When the passenger airbag manual on−off switch is turned off, the front passenger airbag will not inflate in a collision and turning off the front passenger airbag can reduce the occupant protection which your vehicle safety systems can provide to you in certain accidents and increase the likelihood of serious personal injuries.

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

TABLE 1: A PASSENGER RISK GROUP

Infant. An infant (less than 1 year old) who must ride in the front seat because:

D

Vehicle has no rear seat;

D

Vehicle has a rear seat too small to accommodate a rear−facing infant seat; or

D

The infant has a medical condition which, according to the infant’s physician, makes it necessary for the infant to ride in the front seat so that the driver can constantly monitor the child’s condition.

Child age 1 to 12. A child age 1 to 12 must ride in the front seat because:

D

Vehicle has no rear seat:

D

Although children ages 1 to 12 ride in the rear seat(s) whenever possible, children ages 1 to 12 sometimes must ride in the front because no space is available in the rear seat(s) of vehicle; or

D

The child has a medical condition which, according to the child’s physician, makes it necessary for the child to ride in the front seat so that the driver can constantly monitor the child’s condition.

Medical condition. A passenger has a medical condition which according to his or her physician:

D

Causes the passenger airbag to pose a special risk for the passenger: and

D

Makes the potential harm from the passenger airbag in a crash greater than the potential harm from turning off the airbag and allowing the passenger, even if belted, to hit the dashboard, or windshield in a crash.

For more detailed information concerning about the passenger risk group, please contact NHTSA at 1−800−424−9393 or Transport Canada at 1−800−333−0371.

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

This indicator comes on when the ignition key is turned to the “ON” position.

It goes off after about 6 seconds. This means the SRS airbags are operating properly.

This warning light system monitors the airbag sensor assembly, front airbag sensors, front seat belt pretensioner assemblies, inflators, warning light, interconnecting wiring and power sources. (For details, see “Service remainder indicators and warning buzzers” in Section 1−5.)

41

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

The SRS airbag system is designed to activate in response to a severe frontal impact within the shaded area between the arrows in the illustration.

The SRS airbags will deploy if the severity of the impact is above the designed threshold level, comparable to an approximate 25 km/h (15 mph) collision when impacting straight into a fixed barrier that does not move or deform.

If the severity of the impact is below the above threshold level, the SRS airbags may not deploy.

However, this threshold velocity will be considerably higher if the vehicle strikes an object, such as a parked vehicle or sign pole, which can move or deform on impact, or if it is involved in an underride collision (e.g. a collision in which the nose of the vehicle “underrides”, or goes under, the bed of a truck, etc.).

It is possible that in some collisions at the lower zone of airbag sensor detection and activation the SRS airbags and seat belt pretensioners will not operate all together.

For the safety of all occupants, always wear your seat belts properly.

Collision from the rear

Collision from the side

Vehicle rollover

The SRS airbags are not designed to inflate if the vehicle is involved in a side or rear collision, if it rolls over, or if it is involved in a low−speed frontal collision.

42 2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

Hitting a curb, edge of pavement or hard material

Falling into or jumping over a deep hole

Landing hard or vehicle falling

The SRS airbags may deploy if a serious impact occurs to the underside of your vehicle. Some examples are shown in the illustration.

The SRS airbag system consists mainly of the following components, and their locations are shown in the illustration.

1. Front airbag sensors

2. Airbag module for driver

(airbag and inflator)

3. Passenger airbag manual on−off switch

4. Airbag module for front passenger

(airbag and inflator)

5. Airbag sensor assembly

6. SRS warning light

The airbag sensor assembly consists of a safing sensor and airbag sensor.

In a severe frontal impact, the sensors detect deceleration and the system triggers the airbag inflators. Then a chemical reaction in the inflators quickly fills the airbags with non−toxic gas to help restrain the forward motion of the occupants.

When the airbags inflate, they produce a fairly loud noise and release some smoke and residue along with non−toxic gas. This does not indicate a fire. This gas is normally harmless; however, for those who have delicate skin, it may cause a minor skin irritation. Be sure to wash off any residue as soon as possible to prevent any potential skin irritation.

Deployment of the airbags happens in a fraction of a second, so the airbags must inflate with considerable force. While the system is designed to reduce serious injuries, it may also cause minor burns or abrasions and swelling.

Parts of the airbag module (steering wheel hub, dashboard) may be hot for several minutes, but the airbags themselves will not be hot. The airbags are designed to inflate only once.

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U) 43

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

A crash severe enough to inflate the airbags may break the windshield as the vehicle buckles. In vehicles with a passenger airbag the windshield may also be damaged by absorbing some of the force of the inflating airbag.

CAUTION

D

The SRS airbag system is designed only as a supplement to the primary protection of the driver side and front passenger side seat belt systems. The front seat occupants can be killed or seriously injured by the inflating airbags if they do not wear the available seat belts properly.

During sudden braking just before a collision, an unrestrained driver or front passenger can move forward into direct contact with or close proximity to the airbag which may then deploy during the collision. To ensure maximum protection in an accident, the driver and all passengers in the vehicle must wear their seat belts properly. Wearing a seat belt properly during an accident reduces the chances of death or serious injury or being thrown out of the vehicle. For instructions and precautions concerning the seat belt system, see “Seat belts” in this section.

D

Improperly seated and/or restrained infants and children can be killed or seriously injured by the deploying airbags. An infant or child who is too small to use a seat belt should be properly secured using a child restraint system. As to Xtra− cab models, Toyota recommends that all infants and children be placed in the rear seat of the vehicle and properly restrained. The rear seat is the safest for infants and children. For instructions concerning the installation of a child restraint system, see “Child restraint” in this section.

44 2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

CAUTION

A member of a passenger risk group should never sit or be occupied in the right front passenger seat with airbag manual on−off switch in the

“ON” position. (For details, see “SRS driver and front passenger airbags” in this section.)

CAUTION

D

Never install a rear−facing child restraint system on the right front seat with the passenger airbag manual on−off switch in the “ON” position. In the event of an accident, the force of the rapid inflation of the front passenger airbag can cause death or serious injury to the child.

D

A forward−facing child restraint system which belongs to a passenger risk group should never be put on the right front seat with the passenger airbag manual on−off switch in the “ON” position, because the force of the deploying airbag could cause death or serious injury to the child in forward seating position.

For instructions concerning the installation of a child restraint system, see “Child restraint” in this section.

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U) 45

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

D

Do not sit on the edge of the seat or lean over the dashboard when the vehicle is in use. The airbags inflate with considerable speed and force; you may be killed or seriously injured. Sit up straight and well back in the seat, and always use your seat belt properly.

D

Do not allow a child to stand up, or to kneel on the front passenger seat. The airbag inflates with considerable speed and force; the child may be killed or seriously injured.

D

Do not hold a child on your lap or in your arms. Use a child restraint system in the rear seat. For instructions concerning the installation of a child restraint system, see “Child restraint” in this section.

D

Do not put objects or your pets on or in front of the dashboard or steering wheel pad that houses the airbag system. They might restrict inflation or cause death or serious injury as they are projected rearward by the force of deploying airbags. Likewise, the driver and front passenger should not hold things in their arms or on their knees.

46 2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

D

Do not modify or remove any wiring. Do not modify, remove, strike or open any components such as the steering wheel pad, steering wheel, column cover, front passenger airbag cover, front passenger airbag or airbag sensor assembly.

Doing so may cause sudden SRS airbag inflation or disable the system, which could result in death or serious injury.

Failure to follow these instructions can result in death or serious injury.

Consult your Toyota dealer about any repairs and modifications.

NOTICE

Do not perform any of the following changes without consulting your

Toyota dealer. Such changes can interfere with proper operation of the

SRS airbag system in some cases.

z

Installation of electronic devices such as a mobile two−way radio, cassette tape player or compact disc player z

Modification of the suspension system z

Modification of the front end structure z

Attachment of a grille guard (bull bar, kangaroo bar, etc.), snowplow, winches or any other equipment to the front end z

Repairs made on or near the front fenders, front end structure, console, steering column, steering wheel or dashboard near the front passenger airbag

This SRS airbag system has a service reminder indicator to inform the driver of operating problems. If either of the following conditions occurs, this indicates a malfunction of the airbags. Contact your

Toyota dealer as soon as possible to service the vehicle.

D

The light does not come on when the ignition key is turned to the “ON” position, or the light remains on.

D

The light comes on while driving.

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U) 47

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

NOTICE

Do not disconnect the battery cables before contacting your Toyota dealer.

SRS driver airbag and front passenger airbag

(vehicles without passenger airbag manual on−off switch)

In the following cases, contact your Toyota dealer as soon as possible:

D

The SRS front airbags have been inflated.

D

The front of the vehicle (shaded in the illustration) was involved in an accident that was not severe enough to cause the SRS airbags to inflate.

D

The pad section of the steering wheel or front passenger airbag cover

(shaded in the illustration) is scratched, cracked, or otherwise damaged.

48 2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

The SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) airbags are designed to provide further protection for the driver and front passenger in addition to the primary safety protection provided by the seat belts.

In response to a severe frontal impact, the SRS airbags work together with the seat belts to help reduce injury by inflating. The SRS airbags help to reduce injuries mainly to the driver’s or front passenger’s head or chest caused by directly hitting the steering wheel or dashboard.

The front passenger airbag is activated even with no passenger in the front seat.

Be sure to wear your seat belt properly.

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

Your vehicle is equipped with a crash sensing and diagnostic module, which will record the use of the seat belt restraint system by the driver when the SRS airbags are inflated.

CAUTION

The driver or front passenger who is too close to the steering wheel or dashboard during airbag deployment can be killed or seriously injured. Toyota strongly recommends that:

D

The driver sit as far back as possible from the steering wheel while still maintaining control of the vehicle.

D

The front passenger sit as far back as possible from the dashboard.

D

All vehicle occupants be properly restrained using the available seat belts.

This indicator comes on when the ignition key is turned to the “ON” position.

It goes off after about 6 seconds. This means the SRS airbags are operating properly.

This warning light system monitors the airbag sensor assembly, front airbag sensors, front seat belt pretensioner assemblies, inflators, warning light, interconnecting wiring and power sources. (For details, see “Service reminder indicators and warning buzzers” in Section 1−5.)

The SRS airbag system is designed to activate in response to a severe frontal impact within the shaded area between the arrows in the illustration.

The SRS airbags will deploy if the severity of the impact is above the designed threshold level, comparable to an approximate 25 km/h (15 mph) collision when impacting straight into a fixed barrier that does not move or deform.

If the severity of the impact is below the above threshold level, the SRS airbags may not deploy.

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U) 49

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

However, this threshold velocity will be considerably higher if the vehicle strikes an object, such as a parked vehicle or sign pole, which can move or deform on impact, or if it is involved in an underride collision (e.g. a collision in which the nose of the vehicle “underrides”, or goes under, the bed of a truck, etc.).

It is possible that in some collisions at the lower zone of airbag sensor detection and activation the SRS airbags and seat belt pretensioners will not operate all together.

For the safety of all occupants, always wear your seat belts properly.

Collision from the rear

Collision from the side

Vehicle rollover

The SRS airbags are not designed to inflate if the vehicle is involved in a side or rear collision, if it rolls over, or if it is involved in a low−speed frontal collision.

Hitting a curb, edge of pavement or hard material

Falling into or jumping over a deep hole

Landing hard or vehicle falling

The SRS airbags may deploy if a serious impact occurs to the underside of your vehicle. Some examples are shown in the illustration.

50 2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

The SRS airbag system consists mainly of the following components, and their locations are shown in the illustration.

1. Front airbag sensors

2. Airbag module for driver

(airbag and inflator)

3. Airbag module for front passenger

(airbag and inflator)

4. Airbag sensor assembly

5. SRS warning light

The airbag sensor assembly consists of a safing sensor and airbag sensor.

In a severe frontal impact, the sensors detect deceleration and the system triggers the airbag inflators. Then a chemical reaction in the inflators quickly fills the airbags with non−toxic gas to help restrain the forward motion of the occupants.

When the airbags inflate, they produce a fairly loud noise and release some smoke and residue along with non−toxic gas. This does not indicate a fire. This gas is normally harmless; however, for those who have delicate skin, it may cause a minor skin irritation. Be sure to wash off any residue as soon as possible to prevent any potential skin irritation.

Deployment of the airbags happens in a fraction of a second, so the airbags must inflate with considerable force. While the system is designed to reduce serious injuries, it may also cause minor burns or abrasions and swelling.

Parts of the airbag module (steering wheel hub, dashboard) may be hot for several minutes, but the airbags themselves will not be hot. The airbags are designed to inflate only once.

A crash severe enough to inflate the airbags may break the windshield as the vehicle buckles. In vehicles with a passenger airbag the windshield may also be damaged by absorbing some of the force of the inflating airbag.

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U) 51

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

CAUTION

D

The SRS airbag system is designed only as a supplement to the primary protection of the driver side and front passenger side seat belt systems. The front seat occupants can be killed or seriously injured by the inflating airbags if they do not wear the available seat belts properly.

During sudden braking just before a collision, an unrestrained driver or front passenger can move forward into direct contact with or close proximity to the airbag which may then deploy during the collision. To ensure maximum protection in an accident, the driver and all passengers in the vehicle must wear their seat belts properly. Wearing a seat belt properly during an accident reduces the chances of death or serious injury or being thrown out of the vehicle. For instructions and precautions concerning the seat belt system, see “Seat belts” in this section.

D

Improperly seated and/or restrained infants and children can be killed or seriously injured by the deploying airbags. An infant or child who is too small to use a seat belt should be properly secured using a child restraint system. Toyota strongly recommends that all infants and children be placed in the rear seat of the vehicle and properly restrained. The rear seat is the safest for infants and children. For instructions concerning the installation of a child restraint system, see

“Child restraint” in this section.

D

Never install a rear−facing child restraint system on the front passenger seat because the force of the rapid inflation of the front passenger airbag can cause death or serious injury to the child.

52 2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

Move seat fully back

D

A forward−facing child restraint system should be allowed to be installed on the front passenger seat only when it is unavoidable.

Always move the seat as far back as possible, because the force of the deploying front passenger airbag could cause death or serious injury to the child. For instructions concerning the installation of a child restraint system, see “Child restraint” in this section.

D

Do not sit on the edge of the seat or lean over the dashboard when the vehicle is in use. The airbags inflate with considerable speed and force; you may be killed or seriously injured. Sit up straight and well back in the seat, and always use your seat belt properly.

D

Do not allow a child to stand up, or to kneel on the front passenger seat. The airbag inflates with considerable speed and force; the child may be killed or seriously injured.

D

Do not hold a child on your lap or in your arms. Use a child restraint system in the rear seat. For instructions concerning the installation of a child restraint system, see “Child restraint” in this section.

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U) 53

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

D

Do not put objects or your pets on or in front of the dashboard or steering wheel pad that houses the airbag system. They might restrict inflation or cause death or serious injury as they are projected rearward by the force of deploying airbags. Likewise, the driver and front passenger should not hold things in their arms or on their knees.

D

Do not modify or remove any wiring. Do not modify, remove, strike or open any components such as the steering wheel pad, steering wheel, column cover, front passenger airbag cover, front passenger airbag or airbag sensor assembly.

Doing so may cause sudden SRS airbag inflation or disable the system, which could result in death or serious injury.

Failure to follow these instructions can result in death or serious injury.

NOTICE

Do not perform any of the following changes without consulting your

Toyota dealer. Such changes can interfere with proper operation of the

SRS airbag system in some cases.

z

Installation of electronic devices such as a mobile two−way radio, cassette tape player or compact disc player z

Modification of the suspension system z

Modification of the front end structure z

Attachment of a grille guard (bull bar, kangaroo bar, etc.), snowplow, winches or any other equipment to the front end z

Repairs made on or near the front fenders, front end structure, console, steering column, steering wheel or dashboard near the front passenger airbag

54 2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

NOTICE

Do not disconnect the battery cables before contacting your Toyota dealer.

This SRS airbag system has a service reminder indicator to inform the driver of operating problems. If either of the following conditions occurs, this indicates a malfunction of the airbags. Contact your

Toyota dealer as soon as possible to service the vehicle.

D

The light does not come on when the ignition key is turned to the “ON” position, or the light remains on.

D

The light comes on while driving.

In the following cases, contact your Toyota dealer as soon as possible:

D

The SRS front airbags have been inflated.

D

The front of the vehicle (shaded in the illustration) was involved in an accident that was not severe enough to cause the SRS airbags to inflate.

D

The pad section of the steering wheel or front passenger airbag cover

(shaded in the illustration) is scratched, cracked, or otherwise damaged.

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U) 55

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

Passenger airbag manual on−off switch

(on some models)

Indicator light

This on−off switch is designed to disable the front passenger airbag in order to allow usage, if necessary, of a member of a passenger risk group identified in TABLE 1 is occupying the right front passenger seating position. (For details, see “SRS driver and front passenger airbags” in this section.)

Operate on−off switch as follows:

Insert key into the keyhole and turn it.

To turn front passenger airbag on: Turn the key clockwise to the “ON” position.

To turn front passenger airbag off: Turn the key counterclockwise to the “OFF” position.

The indicator comes on when the front passenger airbag system is off.

CAUTION

D

Make sure that the indicator light is off.

D

Do not turn off the passenger airbag manual on−off switch except when a member of a passenger risk group identified in TABLE 1 is occupying the right front passenger seating position.

D

When the passenger airbag manual on−off switch is turned off, the front passenger airbag will not inflate in a collision and turning off the front passenger airbag can reduce the occupant protection which your vehicle safety systems can provide to you in certain accidents and increase the likelihood of serious personal injuries.

For details, see “SRS driver and front passenger airbags” in this section.

Child restraint—

—Child restraint precautions

Toyota strongly urges the use of child restraint systems for children small enough to use them.

The laws of all fifty states in the U.S.A.

and Canada now require the use of a child restraint system.

Your vehicle conforms to SAEJ1819.

If a child is too large for a child restraint system, the child should sit in the seat and must be restrained using the vehicle’s seat belt. See “Seat belts” for details.

CAUTION

D

For effective protection in automobile accidents and sudden stops, a child must be properly restrained, using a seat belt or child restraint system depending on the age and size of the child. Holding a child in your arms is not a substitute for a child restraint system. In an accident, the child can be crushed against the windshield, or between you and the vehicle’s interior.

56 2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

Vehicles with passenger airbag manual on−off switch—

D

REGULAR CAB MODELS—

Toyota strongly urges use of a proper child restraint system which conforms to the size of the child.

XTRA−CAB MODELS—

Toyota strongly urges use of a proper child restraint system which conforms to the size of the child, installed on the rear seat. According to accident statistics, the child is safer when properly restrained in the rear seat than in the front seat.

D

Never put infant or child age 1 to

12 in a passenger risk group on the right front seat with the passenger airbag manual on−off switch in the

“ON” position. In the event of an accident, the force of the rapid inflation of the passenger airbag can cause death or serious injury to the child.

If you must put infant or child age

1 to 12 in a passenger risk group on the right front seat, make sure the passenger airbag manual on−off switch is in the “OFF” position and that the indicator light is on. (For details, see “SRS driver and front passenger airbags” in this section.)

D

Make sure that you have complied with all installation instructions provided by the child restraint manufacturer and that the system is properly secured.

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

Vehicles without passenger airbag manual on−off switch—

D

Toyota strongly urges use of a proper child restraint system which conforms to the size of the child, installed on the rear seat. According to accident statistics, the child is safer when properly restrained in the rear seat than in the front seat.

D

Never install a rear−facing child restraint system on the front seat. In the event of an accident, the force of the rapid inflation of the airbag can cause death or serious injury if a rear−facing child restraint system is installed on the front seat.

D

Unless it is unavoidable, do not install a forward−facing child restraint system on the front seat.

D

A forward−facing child restraint system should be allowed to be installed on the front passenger seat only when it is unavoidable.

Always move the seat as far back as possible, because the force of the deploying front passenger airbag could cause death or serious injury to the child.

57

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

D

Make sure that you have complied with all installation instructions provided by the child restraint manufacturer and that the system is properly secured.

—Child restraint system

A child restraint system for a small child or baby must itself be properly restrained on the seat with either the lap belt or the lap portion of the lap/ shoulder belt. You must carefully consult the manufacturer’s instructions which accompany the child restraint system.

To provide proper restraint, use a child restraint system following the manufacturer’s instructions about the appropriate age and size of the child for the child restraint system.

Install the child restraint system correctly following the instructions provided by its manufacturer. General directions are also provided under the following illustrations.

The child restraint system should be installed on the rear seat if your vehicle is equipped with rear seats. According to accident statistics, the child is safer when properly restrained in the rear seat than in the front seat.

CAUTION

Vehicles with passenger airbag manual on−off switch—

D

Never put infant or child age 1 to

12 in a passenger risk group on the right front seat with the passenger airbag manual on−off switch in the

“ON” position. In the event of an accident, the force of the rapid inflation of the passenger airbag can cause death or serious injury to the child.

If you must put infant or child age

1 to 12 in a passenger risk group on the right front seat, make sure the passenger airbag manual on−off switch is in the “OFF” position and that the indicator light is on. (For details, see “SRS driver and front passenger airbags” in this section.)

D

After installing the child restraint system, make sure it is secured in place according to the manufacturer’s instructions. If it is not restrained securely, it may cause death or serious injury to the child in the event of a sudden stop or accident.

58 2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

Vehicles without passenger airbag manual on−off switch—

D

Never install a rear−facing child restraint system on the front seat. In the event of an accident, the force of the rapid inflation of the airbag can cause death or serious injury if a rear−facing child restraint system is installed on the front seat.

D

Unless it is unavoidable, do not install a forward−facing child restraint system on the front seat.

D

A forward−facing child restraint system should be allowed to be installed on the front passenger seat only when it is unavoidable.

Always move the seat as far back as possible, because the force of the deploying front passenger airbag could cause death or serious injury to the child.

D

After installing the child restraint system, make sure it is secured in place according to the manufacturer’s instructions. If it is not restrained securely, it may cause death or serious injury to the child in the event of a sudden stop or accident.

When not using the child restraint system, keep it secured with the seat belt or place it somewhere other than the passenger compartment. This will prevent it from injuring passengers in the event of a sudden stop or accident.

Your vehicle has anchors for securing the top strap of a child restraint system.

For instructions on how to use the anchor bracket, see “—Using a top strap” in this section.

—Types of child restraint system

(vehicles with passenger airbag manual on−off switch)

Child restraint systems are classified into the following 3 types depending on the child’s age and size.

(A) Infant seat

(B) Convertible seat

(C) Booster seat

Install the child restraint system following the instructions provided by its manufacturer.

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U) 59

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

—Installation with 2−point type seat belt

(vehicles with passenger airbag manual on−off switch)

(A) Infant seat (C) Booster seat

(A) INFANT SEAT INSTALLATION

An infant seat is used in rear−facing position only.

(B) Convertible seat

60 2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

With the child restraint system installed, check that your driving position is satisfactory and that the child restraint system does not interfere with your driving.

If your driving position is not satisfactory, or the child restraint system interferes with your driving, install it at another position.

Split bench seat—

Adjust the passenger’s seat forward and rearward travel as well as seatback position so that the child restraint system is securely restrained.

CAUTION

Ignoring the above instructions may result in a serious injury in case of an accident.

CAUTION

Never install a rear−facing child restraint system on the front passenger seat with the passenger airbag manual on−off switch in the “ON” position.

In the event of an accident, the force of the rapid inflation of the front passenger airbag can cause death or serious injury to the child.

When you put a rear−facing child restraint system on the front passenger seat, turn the passenger airbag manual on−off switch counterclockwise to the

“OFF” position. (For details, see “SRS driver and front passenger airbags (vehicles with passenger airbag manual on−off switch)” in this section.)

The indicator comes on when the system is off.

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U) 61

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

CAUTION

If you must put a rear−facing child restraint system on the front passenger seat, make sure the passenger airbag manual on−off switch is in the

“OFF” position and that the indicator light is on.

1. Run the center lap belt through or around the infant seat following the instructions provided by its manufacturer and insert the tab into the buckle taking care not to twist the lap belt.

CAUTION

D

After inserting the tab, make sure the tab and buckle are locked and that the lap belt is not twisted.

D

Do not insert coins, clips, etc. in the buckle as this may prevent you from properly latching the tab and buckle.

D

If the seat belt does not function normally, it cannot protect your child from injury. Contact your

Toyota dealer immediately. Do not use the child restraint seat until the seat belt is fixed.

62 2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

2. While pressing the infant seat firmly against the seat cushion and seatback, tighten the lap belt by pulling its free end to hold the infant seat securely.

CAUTION

Push and pull the child restraint system in different directions to be sure it is secure. Follow all the installation instructions provided by its manufacturer.

3. To remove the infant seat, press the buckle−release button.

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U) 63

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

(B) CONVERTIBLE SEAT INSTALLATION

A convertible seat is used in forward− facing and rear−facing position depending on the child’s age and size. When installing, follow the manufacturer’s instructions about the applicable child’s age and size as well as directions for installing a child restraint system.

With the child restraint system installed, check that your driving position is satisfactory and that the child restraint system does not interfere with your driving.

If your driving position is not satisfactory, or the child restraint system interferes with your driving, install it at another position.

Split bench seat—

Adjust the passenger seat forward and rearward travel as well as seatback position so that the child restraint system is securely restrained.

CAUTION

Ignoring the above instructions may result in a serious injury in case of an accident.

CAUTION

Rear−facing child restraint system:

Never install a rear−facing child restraint system on the front passenger seat with the passenger airbag manual on−off switch in the “ON” position.

In the event of an accident, the force of the rapid inflation of the front passenger airbag can cause death or serious injury to the child.

64 2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

When you put a rear−facing child restraint system on the front passenger seat, turn the passenger airbag manual on−off switch counterclockwise to the

“OFF” position. (For details, see “SRS driver and front passenger airbags” in this section.)

The indicator comes on when the system is off.

CAUTION

If you must put a rear−facing child restraint system on the front passenger seat, make sure the passenger airbag manual on−off switch is in the

“OFF” position and that the indicator light is on.

CAUTION

Forward−facing child restraint system:

A forward−facing child restraint system should never be put on the front passenger seat with the passenger airbag manual on−off switch in the

“ON” position, because the force of the deploying airbag could cause death or serious injury to the child in forward seating position.

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U) 65

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

1. Run the center lap belt through or around the convertible seat following the instructions provided by its manufacturer and insert the tab into the buckle taking care not to twist the lap belt.

CAUTION

D

After inserting the tab, make sure the tab and buckle are locked and that the lap belt is not twisted.

D

Do not insert coins, clips, etc. in the buckle as this may prevent you from properly latching the tab and buckle.

D

If the seat belt does not function normally, it cannot protect your child from injury. Contact your

Toyota dealer immediately. Do not use the child restraint seat until the seat belt is fixed.

2. While pressing the convertible seat firmly against the seat cushion and seatback, tighten the lap belt by pulling its free end to hold the convertible seat securely.

66 2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

—Installation with 3−point type seat belt

(vehicles with passenger airbag manual on−off switch)

CAUTION

Push and pull the child restraint system in different directions to be sure it is secure. Follow all the installation instructions provided by its manufacturer.

3. To remove the convertible seat, press the buckle−release button.

WHEN INSTALLING ON THE REAR SEAT

(Xtra−cab models):

Raise the bottom cushion before installing the child restraint system.

If your child restraint system is too large, you can use the folding table as an auxiliary support. For instructions about how to stand the table, see “Rear cup holder

(Xtra−cab models)” in Section 1−9.

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U) 67

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

(A) INFANT SEAT INSTALLATION

An infant seat is used in rear−facing position only.

CAUTION

Never install a rear−facing child restraint system on the right front seat with the passenger airbag manual on− off switch in the “ON” position. In the event of an accident, the force of the rapid inflation of the front passenger airbag can cause death or serious injury to the child.

When you put a rear−facing child restraint system which belongs to a passenger risk group on the right front seat, turn the passenger airbag manual on−off switch counterclockwise to the

“OFF” position. (For details, see “SRS driver and front passenger airbags” in this section.)

The indicator comes on when the system is off.

68 2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

CAUTION

If you must put a rear−facing child restraint system on the right front seat, make sure the front passenger airbag manual on−off switch is in the

“OFF” position and that the indicator light is on.

CAUTION

D

Do not install a rear−facing child restraint system on the rear seat if the child restraint system interferes with the front seat lock mechanism or with your proper driving position. This can cause death or serious injury to the child and front passenger in case of sudden braking or a collision.

D

If the driver’s seat position does not allow sufficient space for safe installation, install the child restraint system at another position.

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

1. Run the lap and shoulder belt through or around the infant seat following the instructions provided by its manufacturer and insert the tab into the buckle taking care not to twist the belt. Keep the lap portion of the belt tight.

69

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

CAUTION

D

After inserting the tab, make sure the tab and buckle are locked and that the lap and shoulder portions of the belt are not twisted.

D

Do not insert coins, clips, etc. in the buckle as this may prevent you from properly latching the tab and buckle.

D

If the seat belt does not function normally, it cannot protect your child from injury. Contact your

Toyota dealer immediately. Do not use the child restraint seat until the seat belt is fixed.

2. Fully extend the shoulder belt to put it in the lock mode. When the belt is then retracted even slightly, it cannot be extended.

To hold the infant seat securely, make sure the belt is in the lock mode before letting the belt retract.

3. While pressing the infant seat firmly against the seat cushion and seatback, let the shoulder belt retract as far as it will go to hold the infant seat securely.

70 2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

CAUTION

Push and pull the child restraint system in different directions to be sure it is secure. Follow all the installation instructions provided by its manufacturer.

4. To remove the infant seat, press the buckle−release button and allow the belt to retract completely. The belt will move freely again and be ready to work for an adult or older child passenger.

(B) CONVERTIBLE SEAT INSTALLATION

A convertible seat is used in forward− facing and rear−facing position depending on the child’s age and size. When installing, follow the manufacturer’s instruction about the applicable child’s age and size as well as directions for installing a child restraint system.

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U) 71

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

CAUTION

Rear−facing child restraint system:

Never install a rear−facing child restraint system on the right front seat with the passenger airbag manual on− off switch in the “ON” position. In the event of an accident, the force of the rapid inflation of the front passenger airbag can cause death or serious injury to the child.

When you put a rear−facing child restraint system which belongs to a passenger risk group on the right front seat, turn the passenger airbag manual on−off switch counterclockwise to the

“OFF” position. (For details, see “SRS driver and front passenger airbags” in this section.)

The indicator comes on when the system is off.

72 2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

CAUTION

If you must put a rear−facing child restraint system on the right front seat, make sure the passenger airbag manual on−off switch is in the “OFF” position and that the indicator light is on.

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

CAUTION

Forward−facing child restraint system:

A forward−facing child restraint system which belongs to a passenger risk group should never be put on the right front seat with the passenger airbag manual on−off switch in the “ON” position, because the force of the deploying airbag could cause death or serious injury to the child in forward seating position. (For details, see “SRS driver and front passenger airbags” in this section.)

CAUTION

D

Do not install a rear−facing child restraint system on the rear seat if the child restraint system interferes with the front seat lock mechanism or with your proper driving position. This can cause death or serious injury to the child and front passenger in case of sudden braking or a collision.

D

If the driver’s seat position does not allow sufficient space for safe installation, install the child restraint system at another position.

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

1. Run the lap and shoulder belt through or around the convertible seat following the instructions provided by its manufacturer and insert the tab into the buckle taking care not to twist the belt. Keep the lap portion of the belt tight.

73

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

CAUTION

D

After inserting the tab, make sure the tab and buckle are locked and that the lap and shoulder portions of the belt are not twisted.

D

Do not insert coins, clips, etc. in the buckle as this may prevent you from properly latching the tab and buckle.

D

If the seat belt does not function normally, it cannot protect your child from injury. Contact your

Toyota dealer immediately. Do not use the child restraint seat until the seat belt is fixed.

2. Fully extend the shoulder belt to put it in the lock mode. When the belt is then retracted slightly, it cannot be extended.

To hold the convertible seat securely, make sure the belt is in the lock mode before letting the belt retract.

3. While pressing the convertible seat firmly against the seat cushion and seatback, let the shoulder belt retract as far as it will go to hold the convertible seat securely.

74 2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

CAUTION

Push and pull the child restraint system in different directions to be sure it is secure. Follow all the installation instructions provided by its manufacturer.

4. To remove the convertible seat, press the buckle−release button and allow the belt to retract completely. The belt will move freely again and be ready to work for an adult or older child passenger.

(C) BOOSTER SEAT INSTALLATION

A booster seat is used in forward−facing position only.

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U) 75

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

CAUTION

A forward−facing child restraint system which belongs to a passenger risk group should never be put on the right front seat with the passenger airbag manual on−off switch in the “ON” position, because the force of the deploying airbag could cause death or serious injury to the child in forward seating position. (For details, see “SRS driver and front passenger airbags” in this section.)

1. Sit the child on a booster seat. Run the lap and shoulder belt through or around the booster seat and child following the instructions provided by its manufacturer and insert the tab into the buckle taking care not to twist the belt.

Make sure the shoulder belt is correctly across the child’s shoulder and that the lap belt is positioned as low as possible on child’s hips. See “Seat belts” for details.

CAUTION

D

Always make sure the shoulder belt is positioned across the center of child’s shoulder. The belt should be kept away from child’s neck, but not falling off child’s shoulder. Failure to do so could reduce the amount of protection in an accident and cause serious injuries in a collision.

D

Both high−positioned lap belts and loose−fitting belts could cause serious injuries due to sliding under the lap belt during a collision or other unintended result. Keep the lap belt positioned as low on a child’s hips as possible.

D

For child’s safety, do not place the shoulder belt under child’s arm.

D

After inserting the tab, make sure the tab and buckle are locked and that the lap and shoulder portions of the belt are not twisted.

D

Do not insert coins, clips, etc. in the buckle as this may prevent your child from properly latching the tab and buckle.

76 2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

D

If the seat belt does not function normally, it cannot protect your child from injury. Contact your

Toyota dealer immediately. Do not use the seat until the seat belt is fixed.

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

—Types of child restraint system

(vehicles without passenger airbag manual on−off switch)

Child restraint systems are classified into the following 3 types depending on the child’s age and size.

(A) Infant seat

(B) Convertible seat

(C) Booster seat

Install the child restraint system following the instructions provided by its manufacturer.

2. To remove the child restraint system, press the buckle−release button and allow the belt to retract.

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U) 77

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

—Installation with 2−point type seat belt (vehicles without passenger airbag manual on−off switch)

(A) Infant seat (C) Booster seat

(A) INFANT SEAT INSTALLATION

An infant seat is used in rear−facing position only.

(B) Convertible seat

78 2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

CAUTION

Do not put a rear−facing child restraint system on the rear seat if it interferes with the lock mechanism of the front seats. This can cause death or serious injury to the child and front passenger in case of sudden braking or a collision.

1. Run the center lap belt through or around the infant seat following the instructions provided by its manufacturer and insert the tab into the buckle taking care not to twist the lap belt.

CAUTION

D

After inserting the tab, make sure the tab and buckle are locked and that the lap belt is not twisted.

D

Do not insert coins, clips, etc. in the buckle as this may prevent you from properly latching the tab and buckle.

D

If the seat belt does not function normally, it cannot protect your child from injury. Contact your

Toyota dealer immediately. Do not use the seat until the seat belt is fixed.

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U) 79

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

2. While pressing the infant seat firmly against the seat cushion and seatback, tighten the lap belt by pulling its free end to hold the infant seat securely.

CAUTION

Push and pull the child restraint system in different directions to be sure it is secure. Follow all the installation instructions provided by its manufacturer.

3. To remove the infant seat, press the buckle−release button.

80 2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

(B) CONVERTIBLE SEAT INSTALLATION

A convertible seat is used in forward− facing and rear−facing position depending on the child’s age and size. When installing, follow the manufacturer’s instructions about the applicable child’s age and size as well as direction for installing of a child restraint system.

CAUTION

Do not put a rear−facing child restraint system on the rear seat if it interferes with the lock mechanism of the front seats. This can cause death or serious injury to the child and front passenger in case of sudden braking or a collision.

1. Run the center lap belt through or around the convertible seat following the instructions provided by its manufacturer and insert the tab into the buckle taking care not to twist the lap belt.

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U) 81

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

CAUTION

D

After inserting the tab, make sure the tab and buckle are locked and that the lap belt is not twisted.

D

Do not insert coins, clips, etc. in the buckle as this may prevent you from properly latching the tab and buckle.

D

If the seat belt does not function normally, it cannot protect your child from injury. Contact your

Toyota dealer immediately. Do not use the seat until the seat belt is fixed.

2. While pressing the convertible seat firmly against the seat cushion and seatback, tighten the lap belt by pulling its free end to hold the convertible seat securely.

CAUTION

Push and pull the child restraint system in different directions to be sure it is secure. Follow all the installation instructions provided by its manufacturer.

82 2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

—Installation with 3−point type seat belt (vehicles without passenger airbag manual on−off switch)

3. To remove the convertible seat, press the buckle−release button.

(A) INFANT SEAT INSTALLATION

An infant seat is used in rear−facing position only.

CAUTION

D

Never install a rear−facing child restraint system on the front passenger seat because the force of the rapid inflation of the front passenger airbag can cause death or serious injury to the child.

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U) 83

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

D

Do not put a rear−facing child restraint system in the rear seat if it interferes with the lock mechanism of the front seats. This can cause death or serious injury to the child and front passenger in case of sudden braking or a collision.

1. Run the lap and shoulder belt through or around the infant seat following the instructions provided by its manufacturer and insert the tab into the buckle taking care not to twist the belt. Keep the lap portion of the belt tight.

CAUTION

D

After inserting the tab, make sure the tab and buckle are locked and that the lap and shoulder portions of the belt are not twisted.

D

Do not insert coins, clips, etc. in the buckle as this may prevent you from properly latching the tab and buckle.

D

If the seat belt does not function normally, it cannot protect your child from injury. Contact your

Toyota dealer immediately. Do not use the seat until the seat belt is fixed.

84 2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

2. Fully extend the shoulder belt to put it in the lock mode. When the belt is then retracted even slightly, it cannot be extended.

To hold the infant seat securely, make sure the belt is in the lock mode before letting the belt retract.

3. While pressing the infant seat firmly against the seat cushion and seatback, let the shoulder belt retract as far as it will go to hold the infant seat securely.

CAUTION

Push and pull the child restraint system in different directions to be sure it is secure. Follow all the installation instructions provided by its manufacturer.

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U) 85

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

4. To remove the infant seat, press the buckle−release button and allow the belt to retract completely. The belt will move freely again and be ready to work for an adult or older child passenger.

(B) CONVERTIBLE SEAT INSTALLATION

A convertible seat is used in forward− facing and rear−facing position depending on the child’s age and size. When installing, follow the manufacturer’s instructions about the applicable child’s age and size as well as directions for installing a child restraint system.

CAUTION

D

Never install a rear−facing child restraint system on the front passenger seat because the force of the rapid inflation of the front passenger airbag can cause death or serious injury to the child.

86 2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

Move seat fully back

D

A forward−facing child restraint system should be allowed to be installed on the front seat only when it is unavoidable. Always move the seat as far back as possible, because the force of the deploying airbag could cause death or serious injury to the child.

D

Do not put a rear−facing child restraint system in the rear seat if it interferes with the lock mechanism of the front seats. This can cause death or serious injury to the child and front passenger in case of sudden braking or a collision.

1. Run the lap and shoulder belt through or around the convertible seat following the instructions provided by its manufacturer and insert the tab into the buckle taking care not to twist the belt. Keep the lap portion of the belt tight.

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U) 87

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

CAUTION

D

After inserting the tab, make sure the tab and buckle are locked and that the lap and shoulder portions of the belt are not twisted.

D

Do not insert coins, clips, etc. in the buckle as this may prevent you from properly latching the tab and buckle.

D

If the seat belt does not function normally, it cannot protect your child from injury. Contact your

Toyota dealer immediately. Do not use the seat until the seat belt is fixed.

2. Fully extend the shoulder belt to put it in the lock mode. When the belt is then retracted slightly, it cannot be extended.

To hold the convertible seat securely, make sure the belt is in the lock mode before letting the belt retract.

3. While pressing the convertible seat firmly against the seat cushion and seatback, let the shoulder belt retract as far as it will go to hold the convertible seat securely.

88 2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

CAUTION

Push and pull the child restraint system in different directions to be sure it is secure. Follow all the installation instructions provided by its manufacturer.

4. To remove the convertible seat, press the buckle−release button and allow the belt to retract completely. The belt will move freely again and be ready to work for an adult or older child passenger.

(C) BOOSTER SEAT INSTALLATION

A booster seat is used in forward−facing position only.

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U) 89

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

Move seat fully back

CAUTION

A forward−facing child restraint system should be allowed to be put on the front seat only when it is unavoidable. Always move the seat as far back as possible, because the force of the deploying airbag could cause death or serious injury to the child.

1. Sit the child on a booster seat. Run the lap and shoulder belt through or around the booster seat and child following the instructions provided by its manufacturer and insert the tab into the buckle taking care not to twist the belt.

Make sure the shoulder belt is correctly across the child’s shoulder and that the lap belt is positioned as low as possible on child’s hips. See “Seat belts” for details.

CAUTION

D

Always make sure the shoulder belt is positioned across the center of child’s shoulder. The belt should be kept away from child’s neck, but not falling off child’s shoulder. Failure to do so could reduce the amount of protection in an accident and cause serious injuries in a collision.

D

Both high−positioned lap belts and loose−fitting belts could cause serious injuries due to sliding under the lap belt during a collision or other unintended result. Keep the lap belt positioned as low on a child’s hips as possible.

D

For child’s safety, do not place the shoulder belt under child’s arm.

D

After inserting the tab, make sure the tab and buckle are locked and that the lap and shoulder portions of the belt are not twisted.

D

Do not insert coins, clips, etc. in the buckle as this may prevent your child from properly latching the tab and buckle.

90 2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

—Using a top strap

(regular and double cab models)

D

If the seat belt does not function normally, it cannot protect your child from injury. Contact your

Toyota dealer immediately. Do not use the seat until the seat belt is fixed.

2. To remove the child restraint system, press the buckle−release button and allow the belt to retract.

Regular cab with bench seat

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

Regular cab with separate seat

91

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

Anchor brackets

Anchor brackets

Double cab with rear seat

Follow the procedure below for a child restraint system that requires the use of a top strap.

Regular cab with bench seat

Anchor bracket

Double cab with rear seat

Use the anchor bracket on the back panel to attach the top strap.

Regular cab models—

Anchor brackets are installed for (each) passenger seating position.

Double cab models—

Anchor brackets are installed for each rear seating position.

92

Regular cab with separate seat

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

TO USE THE ANCHOR BRACKET:

Regular cab with bench seat—

1. Pull the seatback release lever and swing the seatback forward slightly, then latch the hook onto the anchor bracket.

Return the seatback to its original position.

2. Fix the child restraint system with the seat belt and tighten the top strap.

For instructions on installing the child restraint system, see “Child restraint” in this section.

CAUTION

D

When returning the seatback to its original position, make sure the seatback is securely locked by pushing forward and rearward on the top of the seatback.

D

Make sure the top strap is securely latched, and check that the child restraint system is secure by pushing and pulling it in different directions. Follow all the installation instructions provided by its manufacturer.

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U) 93

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

Regular cab with separate seat—

1. Remove the passenger head restraint.

2. Pull the seatback release lever and swing the seatback forward slightly, then latch the hook onto the anchor bracket.

Return the seatback to upright position.

3. Fix the child restraint system with the seat belt and tighten the top strap.

Replace the passenger head restraint.

For instructions on installing the child restraint system, see “Child restraint” in this section.

94 2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

CAUTION

D

When returning the seatback to its original position, make sure the seatback is securely locked by pushing forward and rearward on the top of the seatback.

D

Make sure the top strap is securely latched, and check that the child restraint system is secure by pushing and pulling it in different directions. Follow all the installation instructions provided by its manufacturer.

Double cab with rear seat—

1. Remove the head restraint (outside position only).

2. Pull the seatback release lever and swing the seatback forward slightly, then latch the hook onto the anchor bracket.

Return the seatback to upright position.

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U) 95

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

—Using a top strap

(Xtra−cab models)

3. Fix the child restraint system with the seat belt and tighten the top strap.

Replace the head restraint (outside position only).

For instructions on installing the child restraint system, see “Child restraint” in this section.

CAUTION

D

When returning the seatback to its original position, make sure the seatback is securely locked by pushing forward and rearward on the top of the seatback.

D

Make sure the top strap is securely latched, and check that the child restraint system is secure by pushing and pulling it in different directions. Follow all the installation instructions provided by its manufacturer.

Front outside position

96 2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

Front center position

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

Upper anchor bracket

Lower anchor bracket

Routing device

Symbol mark

Symbol mark

Rear outside position

Follow the procedure below for a child restraint system that requires the use of a top strap.

Use the routing device and the anchor bracket to attach the top strap.

Upper anchor bracket is installed for right−front passenger’s seating position, lower anchor bracket is installed for front center seating position (with split bench seat) or right−rear seating position.

This symbol indicates the locations of user ready anchor bracket.

TO USE THE ANCHOR BRACKET:

Front outside position—

1. Remove the passenger head restraint.

Lightly push down on the top surface of the anchor bracket cover with the symbol mark shown in the illustration, then pull it forward to remove.

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U) 97

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

2. Fix the child restraint system with the seat belt.

Latch the hook onto the anchor bracket on the back panel and tighten the top strap.

For instructions on installing the child restraint system, see “Child restraint” in this section.

CAUTION

Make sure the top strap is securely latched, and check that the child restraint system is secure by pushing and pulling it in different directions.

Follow all the installation instructions provided by its manufacturer.

3. Replace the head restraint.

Store the removed cover in a safe place such as the glove box.

Be sure to replace the cover when the anchor bracket is not in use.

98 2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

Front center position—

Fix the child restraint system with the seat belt.

Latch the hook onto the rear lower anchor bracket and tighten the top strap.

For instructions on installing the child restraint system, see “Child restraint” in this section.

CAUTION

Make sure the top strap is securely latched, and check that the child restraint system is secure by pushing and pulling it in different directions.

Follow all the installation instructions provided by its manufacturer.

Symbol mark

Rear outside position—

1. Lightly push down on the top surface of the anchor bracket cover with the symbol mark shown in the illustration, then pull it forward to remove.

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U) 99

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

Routing device

2. Fix the child restraint system with the seat belt.

Route the top strap through the routing device as shown in the illustration.

For instructions on installing the child restraint system, see “Child restraint” in this section.

CAUTION

Make sure the top strap is not twisted.

3. Latch the hook onto the rear lower anchor bracket and tighten the top strap.

Store the removed cover in a safe place such as the glove box.

Be sure to replace the cover when the anchor bracket is not in use.

100 2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

CAUTION

Make sure the top strap is securely latched, and check that the child restraint system is secure by pushing and pulling it in different directions.

Follow all the installation instructions provided by its manufacturer.

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

Tilt steering wheel

To change the steering wheel angle:

Hold the steering wheel, pull the lock release lever toward you, tilt the steering wheel to the desired angle and release the lever.

When the steering wheel is in a low position, it will spring up as you release the lock release lever.

CAUTION

D

Do not adjust the steering wheel while the vehicle is moving. It may cause the driver to mishandle the vehicle and an accident may occur resulting in death or serious injuries.

D

After adjusting the steering wheel, try moving it up and down to make sure it is locked in position.

Outside rear view mirrors—

Adjust the mirror so that you can just see the side of your vehicle in the mirror.

Be careful when judging the size or distance of any object seen in the outside rear view mirror on the passenger’s side.

It is a convex mirror with a curved surface. Any object seen in a convex mirror will look smaller and farther away than when seen in a flat mirror.

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U) 101

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

CAUTION

Do not adjust the mirror while the vehicle is moving. It may cause the driver to mishandle the vehicle and an accident may occur resulting in death or serious injuries.

—Rear view mirror remote control

—Power rear view mirror control

To adjust the rear view mirror, simply operate the control lever.

NOTICE

If ice should jam the mirror, do not operate the control or scrape the mirror face. Use a spray de−icer to free the mirror.

Type A

102 2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

Type B

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

—Folding rear view mirrors

(with power rear view mirror control)

Anti−glare inside rear view mirror

To adjust a mirror, use the switches.

1. Master switch—To select the mirror to be adjusted

Push the switch to “L” (left) or “R”

(right).

2. Control switch—To move the mirror

Push the switch in the desired direction.

Mirror can be adjusted when key is in the

“ACC” or “ON” position.

NOTICE

If ice should jam the mirror, do not operate the control or scrape the mirror face. Use a spray de−icer to free the mirror.

The rear view mirrors can be folded backward for parking in restricted areas.

To fold the rear view mirror, push backward.

CAUTION

Do not drive with the mirrors folded backward. Both the driver and passenger side rear view mirrors must be extended and properly adjusted before driving.

Adjust the mirror so that you can just see the rear of your vehicle in the mirror.

To reduce glare from the headlights of the vehicle behind you during night driving, operate the lever on the lower edge of the mirror.

Daylight driving—Lever at position 1

The reflection in the mirror has greater clarity at this position.

Night driving—Lever at position 2

Remember that by reducing glare you also lose some rear view clarity.

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U) 103

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

CAUTION

Do not adjust the mirror while the vehicle is moving. It may cause the driver to mishandle the vehicle and an accident may occur resulting in death or serious injuries.

Sun visors

To block out glare, move the sun visor.

To block out glare from the front—Swing down the sun visor (position 1).

To block out glare from the side—Swing down the sun visor, remove it from the hook and swing it to the lateral side (position 2).

If glare comes from obliquely behind you, extend the plate at the end of the visor

(position 3).

CAUTION

Do not extend the plate at the end of the sun visor when the visor is in the position 1. It can cover the anti−glare inside rear view mirror and obstruct the rear view.

104 2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

SECTION

1

4

OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS AND

CONTROLS

Lights and Wipers

Headlights and turn signals

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

106

Emergency flashers

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

107

Instrument panel light control

Interior lights

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

108

108

Personal lights

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Windshield wipers and washer

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

109

110

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U) 105

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

Headlights and turn signals

HEADLIGHTS

To turn on the following lights: Twist the headlight/turn signal lever knob.

Position 1—Parking, tail, license plate and instrument panel lights

Position 2—Headlights and all of the above

The lights automatically turn off when the driver’s door is opened with the ignition turned off. To turn the lights on again, turn the key to the “ON” position or turn the headlight switch off, then on again. The lights also automatically turn off if they are left on for 30 minutes with the ignition switch off. If you are going to park for over one week, make sure the headlight switch is off.

NOTICE

To prevent the battery from being discharged, do not leave the lights on for a long period when the engine is not running.

Daytime running light system (all models in Canada and some models in the

U.S.A.)

The headlights turn on at reduced intensity when the parking brake is released with the engine started, even with the light switch in the “OFF” position. They will not go off until the ignition switch is turned off.

To turn on the other exterior lights and instrument panel lights, twist the knob to the position 1.

Twist the knob to the position 2 to turn to full intensity for driving at night.

106 2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

Emergency flashers

High−Low beams—For high beams, turn the headlights on and push the lever away from you (position 1). Pull the lever toward you (position 2) for low beams.

The headlight high beam indicator light

(blue light) on the instrument panel will tell you that the high beams are on.

Flashing the high beam headlights

(position 3)—Pull the lever all the way back. The high beam headlights turn off when you release the lever.

You can flash the high beam headlights with the knob turned to “OFF”.

TURN SIGNALS

To signal a turn, push the headlight/ turn signal lever up or down to position

1.

The key must be in the “ON” position.

The lever automatically returns after you make a turn, but you may have to return it by hand after you change lanes.

To signal a lane change, move the lever up or down to the pressure point (position

2) and hold it.

If the turn signal indicator lights (green lights) on the instrument panel flash faster than normal, a front or rear turn signal bulb is burned out.

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

To turn on the emergency flashers, push the switch.

All the turn signal lights will flash. To turn them off, push the switch once again.

Turn on the emergency flashers to warn other drivers if your vehicle must be stopped where it might be a traffic hazard.

Always pull as far off the road as possible.

The turn signal light switch will not work when the emergency flashers are operating.

107

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

NOTICE

To prevent the battery from being discharged, do not leave the switch on longer than necessary when the engine is not running.

Instrument panel light control Interior lights

To adjust the brightness of the instrument panel lights, turn the knob.

Front light (regular cab models)

108 2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

Rear light

(Xtra−cab and double cab models)

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

Personal lights

To turn on the interior light, slide the switch.

The interior light switch has the following positions:

“ON”—Keeps the light on all the time.

“OFF”—Turns the light off.

“DOOR”—Turns the light on when any of the doors are opened. The light goes off when all the doors are closed.

Vehicles without the power door lock system—

To prevent the battery from being discharged, the light will automatically turn off if the door is left open for 30 minutes with the switch at the “DOOR” position.

Vehicles with the power door lock system—

To prevent the battery from being discharged, the light will automatically turn off after 30 minutes in the following cases.

D

The light is left at the “ON” position.

D

The door is left open with the switch at the “DOOR” position.

ILLUMINATED ENTRY SYSTEM

With the switch at the “DOOR” position, the light comes on when any door is opened. After all the doors are closed, the light remains on for about 15 seconds and then goes out.

However, in the following cases, the light goes out immediately:

D

All the doors are closed when the ignition key is in the “ACC” or “ON” position.

D

All the doors are closed and locked.

(with power door lock system models only)

Vehicles with the power door lock system—

When any door is unlocked or the key is removed, the light comes on for 15 seconds, even if the door is not opened.

The personal lights operate separately with each outer switch.

To turn on the light, push the switch on your side. To turn the light off, push the switch once again.

To prevent the battery from being discharged, the light will automatically turn off after 30 minutes.

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U) 109

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

Windshield wipers and washer

(intermittent type)

Windshield wipers and washer

(mist type)

To turn on the windshield wipers, move the lever to the desired setting.

The key must be in the “ON” position.

Lever position

Position 1

Position 2

Position 3

Speed setting

Intermittent

Slow

Fast

The “INT TIME” band lets you adjust the wiping time interval when the wiper lever is in the intermittent position (position 1).

Twist the band upward to increase the time between sweeps, and downward to decrease it.

To squirt washer fluid, pull the lever toward you and release it.

If the windshield wipers are off, they will operate a couple of times after the washer squirts.

For instructions on adding washer fluid, see “Adding washer fluid” in Section 7−3.

In freezing weather, warm the windshield with the defroster before using the washer.

This will help prevent the washer fluid from freezing on your windshield, which can block your vision.

NOTICE

Do not operate the wipers if the windshield is dry. It may scratch the glass.

To turn on the windshield wipers, move the lever to the desired setting.

The key must be in the “ON” position.

Lever position

Position 1

Position 2

Speed setting

Slow

Fast

For a single sweep of the windshield, push the lever up and release it.

To squirt washer fluid, pull the lever toward you and release it.

For instructions on adding washer fluid, see “Adding washer fluid” in Section 7−3.

110 2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

In freezing weather, warm the windshield with the defroster before using the washer.

This will help prevent the washer fluid from freezing on your windshield, which can block your vision.

NOTICE

Do not operate the wipers if the windshield is dry. It may scratch the glass.

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U) 111

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

112 2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

SECTION

1

5

OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS AND

CONTROLS

Gauges, Meters and Service reminder indicators

Fuel gauge

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Engine coolant temperature gauge

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

114

114

Tachometer

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

115

Odometer and two trip meters

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

116

Service reminder indicators and warning buzzers

. . . . . . . . . . . . . .

116

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U) 113

Fuel gauge

With tachometer

Without tachometer

114

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

Engine coolant temperature gauge

The gauge works when the ignition switch is on and indicates the approximate quantity of fuel remaining in the tank.

Nearly full—Needle at “F”

Nearly empty—Needle at “E”

It is a good idea to keep the tank over

1/4 full.

This fuel gauge has a non−return type needle which remains at the last indicated position when the ignition switch is turned off.

If the fuel level approaches “E” or the low fuel level warning light comes on, fill the fuel tank as soon as possible.

On inclines or curves, due to the movement of fuel in the tank, the fuel gauge needle may fluctuate or the low fuel level warning light may come on earlier than usual.

If the fuel tank is completely empty, the malfunction indicator lamp comes on. Fill the fuel tank immediately.

The indicator lamp goes off after driving several times. If the indicator lamp does not go off, contact your Toyota dealer as soon as possible.

With tachometer

Without tachometer

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

Tachometer

The gauge indicates the engine coolant temperature when the ignition switch is on. The engine operating temperature will vary with changes in weather and engine load.

If the needle moves into the red zone, your engine is too hot. If your vehicle overheats, stop your vehicle and allow the engine to cool.

Your vehicle may overheat during severe operating conditions, such as:

D

Driving up a long hill on a hot day.

D

Reducing speed or stopping after high speed driving.

D

Idling for a long period with the air conditioning on in stop−and−go traffic.

D

Towing a trailer.

NOTICE z

Do not remove the thermostat in the engine cooling system as this may cause the engine to overheat.

The thermostat is designed to control the flow of coolant to keep the temperature of the engine within the specified operating range.

z

Do not continue driving with an overheated engine. See “If your vehicle overheats” in Section 4.

The tachometer indicates engine speed in thousands of rpm (revolutions per minute). Use it while driving to select correct shift points and to prevent engine lugging and over−revving.

Driving with the engine running too fast causes excessive engine wear and poor fuel economy. Remember, in most cases the slower the engine speed, the greater the fuel economy.

NOTICE

Do not let the indicator needle get into the red zone. This may cause severe engine damage.

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U) 115

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

Odometer and two trip meters

This meter displays the odometer and two trip meters.

1. Odometer—Shows the total distance the vehicle has been driven.

2. Two trip meters—Show two different distances independently driven since the last time each trip meter was set to zero.

You can use one trip meter to calculate the fuel economy and the other to measure the distance on each trip. All trip meter data is cancelled if the electrical power source is disconnected.

3. Trip meter reset knob—Resets the two trip meters to zero, and also change the meter display.

To change the meter display, quickly push and release the knob. The meter display changes in the order from the odometer to trip meter A to trip meter

B, then back to the odometer each time you push.

To reset the trip meter A to zero, display the meter A reading, then push and hold the knob until the meter is set to zero. The same process can be applied for resetting the trip meter B.

Service reminder indicators and warning buzzers

If the indicator or buzzer comes on...

Do this.

(a) If parking brake is off, stop immediately and contact Toyota dealer.

Fasten seat belt.

(b)

(indicator and buzzer)

(c) Stop and check.

(d)

(e)

Stop and check.

Take vehicle to

Toyota dealer.

116 2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

If the indicator or buzzer comes on...

(f)

Do this.

Fill up tank.

(g)

(h)

(i) or

Take vehicle to

Toyota dealer.

Take vehicle to

Toyota d ealer immediately.

Shift front drive control lever out of

“N”.

If the indicator or buzzer comes on...

(j)

Do this.

Stop and check.

(k) Add washer fluid.

(l) Key reminder buzzer

Remove key.

(a) Brake System Warning Light

This light comes on in the following cases when the ignition key is in the “ON” position.

D

When the parking brake is applied...

D

When the brake fluid level is low...

CAUTION

It is dangerous to continue driving normally when the brake fluid level is low.

Have your vehicle checked at your

Toyota dealer in the following case:

D

The light does not come on even if the parking brake is applied when the ignition key is in the “ON” position.

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U) 117

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

CAUTION

If the light does not turn off even after the parking brake is released while the engine is running, immediately stop your vehicle at a safe place and contact your Toyota dealer.

In this case, the brakes may not work properly and your stopping distance will become longer. Depress the brake pedal firmly and bring the vehicle to an immediate stop.

(b) Seat Belt Reminder Light and Buzzer

This light and buzzer remind you to buckle up the driver’s seat belt.

Once the ignition key is turned to “ON” or

“START”, the reminder light flashes and buzzer comes on if the driver’s seat belt is not fastened. Unless the driver fastens the belt, the light stays on and the buzzer sounds for about 4 to 8 seconds.

(c) Discharge Warning Light

This light warns that the battery is being discharged.

If it comes on while you are driving, there is a problem somewhere in the charging system.

118

The engine ignition will continue to operate, however, until the battery is discharged. Turn off the air conditioning, blower, radio, etc., and drive directly to the nearest Toyota dealer or repair shop.

NOTICE

Do not continue driving if the engine drive belt is broken or loose.

(d) Low Engine Oil Pressure Warning

Light

This light warns that the engine oil pressure is too low.

If it flickers or stays on while you are driving, pull off the road to a safe place and stop the engine immediately. Call a

Toyota dealer or qualified repair shop for assistance.

The light may occasionally flicker when the engine is idling or it may come on briefly after a hard stop. There is no cause for concern if it then goes out when the engine is accelerated slightly.

The light may come on when the oil level is extremely low. It is not designed to indicate low oil level, and the oil level must be checked using the level dipstick.

NOTICE

Do not drive the vehicle with the warning light on—even for one block.

It may ruin the engine.

(e) Malfunction Indicator Lamp

This lamp comes on when the ignition key is turned to the “ON” position and goes off after the engine starts. This means that the warning light system is operating properly.

If the lamp remains on, or the lamp comes on while driving, first check the followings.

D

Empty fuel tank

If the fuel tank is empty, refuel immediately.

D

Loose fuel tank cap

If the fuel tank cap is loose, securely tighten it.

These cases are temporary malfunctions.

The malfunction indicator lamp will go off after taking several driving trips.

If the lamp will not go off even after the several trips, contact your Toyota dealer as soon as possible.

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

If the fuel tank is not empty or the fuel tank cap is not loose...

D

There is a problem somewhere in the engine, emission control system, automatic transmission electrical system or warning light system itself.

Contact your Toyota dealer as soon as possible to service the vehicle.

Emissions Inspection and Maintenance

(I/M) programs

Your vehicle may not pass a state emission inspection if the malfunction indicator lamp remains on. Contact your

Toyota dealer to check your vehicle’s emission control system and OBD

(On−Board Diagnostics) system before taking your vehicle for the inspection.

For details, see “Emissions Inspection and

Maintenance (I/M) programs” in Section 6.

(f) Low Fuel Level Warning Light

This light comes on when the fuel level in the tank becomes nearly empty. Fill up the tank as soon as possible.

On inclines or curves, due to the movement of fuel in the tank, the low fuel level warning light may come on earlier than usual.

(g) “ABS” Warning Light

The light comes on when the ignition key is turned to the “ON” position. If the anti− lock brake system works properly, the light turns off after a few seconds. Thereafter, if the system malfunctions, the light comes on again.

When the “ABS” warning light is on (and the brake system warning light is off), the anti−lock brake system does not operate, but the brake system still operates conventionally.

When the “ABS” warning light is on (and the brake system warning light is off), the anti−lock brake system does not operate so that the wheels could lock up during a sudden braking or braking on slippery road surfaces.

If either of the following conditions occurs, this indicates a malfunction somewhere in the parts monitored by the warning light system. Contact your

Toyota dealer as soon as possible to service the vehicle.

D

The light does not come on when the ignition key is turned to the “ON” position, or the light remains on.

D

The light comes on while you are driving.

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

A warning light turning on briefly during operation does not indicate a problem.

With rear differential lock: However, it is a normal operation for the light to be on with rear differential locked. At this time, the anti−lock brake system does not operate.

(h) SRS Warning Light

This light will come on when the ignition key is turned to the “ON” position.

After about 6 seconds, the light will go off. This means the system of the airbag and front seat belt pretensioners are operating properly.

This warning light system monitors the airbag sensor assembly, front airbag sensors, front seat belt pretensioner assemblies, inflators, warning light, interconnecting wiring and power sources.

If either of the following conditions occurs, this indicates a malfunction somewhere in the parts monitored by the warning light system. Contact your Toyota dealer as soon as possible to service the vehicle.

D

The light does not come on when the ignition key is turned to the “ON” position or remains on.

D

The light comes on or flashes while driving.

119

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

(i) Unengaged “Park” Warning Light

(vehicles with automatic transmission)

This light warns that the transmission

“Park” mechanism is not engaged. If the front drive control lever is in the “N” position while the selector lever is in the “P” position, the transmission will disengage and the wheels will not lock.

CAUTION

To restore the park function, shift the front drive control lever out of “N”, or the vehicle can move.

(j) Automatic Transmission Fluid Temperature Warning Light

This light warns that the automatic transmission fluid temperature is too high.

If this light comes on while you are driving, slow down and pull off the road. Stop the vehicle at a safe place and put the selector lever in “P”. With the engine idling, wait until the light goes off. If the light goes off, you may start the vehicle again. If the light does not go off, call a

Toyota dealer or qualified repair shop for assistance.

(k) Low Windshield Washer Fluid Level

Warning Light (on some models)

The light warns that the windshield washer fluid level is too low. Add washer fluid at your earliest opportunity. (For instructions, see “Adding washer fluid” in Section 7−3.)

(l) Key Reminder Buzzer

This buzzer reminds you to remove the key when you open the driver’s door with the ignition key in the “ACC” or “LOCK” position.

CHECKING SERVICE REMINDER

INDICATORS (except the low fuel level warning light and low windshield washer fluid level warning light)

1. Apply the parking brake.

2. Turn the ignition key to “ON”, but do not start the engine.

All the service reminder indicators should come on. The “ABS” warning light goes off after a few seconds. The

SRS warning light goes off after about

6 seconds.

If any service reminder indicator or warning buzzer does not function as described above, have it checked by your Toyota dealer as soon as possible.

120 2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

SECTION

1

6

OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS AND

CONTROLS

Ignition switch, Transmission and Parking brake

Ignition switch with steering lock

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

122

Automatic transmission

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

123

Manual transmission

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

128

Four−wheel drive system

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

130

Rear differential lock system

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

134

Parking brake

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

136

Cruise control

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

136

Clutch start cancel switch

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

139

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U) 121

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

Ignition switch with steering lock

“START”—Starter motor on. The key will return to the “ON” position when released.

For starting tips, see Section 3.

“ON”—Engine on and all accessories on.

This is the normal driving position.

“ACC”—Accessories such as the radio operate, but the engine is off.

If you leave the key in the “ACC” or

“LOCK” position and open the driver’s door, a buzzer will remind you to remove the key.

“LOCK”—Engine is off and the steering wheel is locked. The key can be removed only at this position.

122

Vehicles with manual transmission—

You must push in the key to turn the key from “ACC” to the “LOCK” position.

Vehicles with automatic transmission—

You must shift the selector lever into the

“P” position before turning the key from

“ACC” to the “LOCK” position.

When starting the engine, the key may seem stuck at the “LOCK” position. To free it, first be sure the key is pushed all the way in, and then rock the steering wheel slightly while turning the key gently.

CAUTION

For manual transmission:

Never remove the key when the vehicle is moving, as this will lock the steering wheel and result in loss of steering control.

NOTICE

Do not leave the key in the “ON” position if the engine is not running.

The battery will discharge and the ignition could be damaged.

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

Automatic transmission

Lock release button

To prevent misshifting

Selector lever

Your automatic transmission has a shift lock system to minimize the possibility of incorrect operation. This means you can only shift out of “P” position when the brake pedal is depressed (with the ignition switch in “ON” position and the lock release button depressed).

(a) Selector lever

P: Parking, engine starting and key removal

R: Reverse

N: Neutral

D: Normal driving (with overdrive on)

2: Stronger engine braking

L: Maximum engine braking

With the brake pedal depressed, shift while holding the lock release button in. (The ignition switch must be in “ON” position.)

Shift while holding the lock release button in.

Shift normally.

Overdrive switch

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U) 123

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

(b) Overdrive switch

You can select either third gear (with overdrive off) or fourth gear (with overdrive on) by pushing this switch.

To turn the overdrive off, push the switch.

The “O/D OFF” indicator light should come on. To turn the overdrive on again, push the switch again. The “O/D OFF” indicator light should go off.

Always drive your vehicle with the overdrive on for better fuel economy and quieter driving.

If the engine is turned off when the overdrive is off and restarted, the overdrive will be on automatically.

Vehicles with cruise control—When the cruise control is being used, even if you downshift the transmission by pushing and releasing the overdrive switch, engine braking will not be enabled because the cruise control is not cancelled.

For ways to decrease the vehicle speed, see “Cruise control” in this section.

(c) Normal driving

1. Start the engine as instructed in “How to start the engine” in Section 3. The transmission must be in “P” or “N”.

When the front drive control lever is in

“L4” (low−speed position, four−wheel drive), the driving pattern selector setting has no effect on gear shift timing. (See

“Four−wheel drive system” in this section for information of the front drive control lever.)

2. With your foot holding down the brake pedal, shift the selector lever to “D”.

When the lever is in the “D” position, the automatic transmission system will select the most suitable gear for running conditions such as normal cruising, hill climbing, hard towing, etc.

Always turn the overdrive switch on for better fuel economy and quieter driving. If the engine coolant temperature is low or when the front drive control lever is in

“L4” (low−speed position, four−wheel drive), the transmission will not shift into the overdrive gear even with the overdrive on. (See “Four−wheel drive system” in this section for information of the front drive control lever.)

CAUTION

Never put your foot on the accelerator pedal while shifting.

3. Release the parking brake and brake pedal. Depress the accelerator pedal slowly for smooth starting.

(d) Using engine braking

To use engine braking, you can downshift the transmission as follows:

D

Push the overdrive switch. The “O/D

OFF” indicator light will come on and the transmission will downshift to third gear.

124 2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

D

Shift into the “2” position. The transmission will downshift to second gear when the vehicle speed drops down to or lower than the following speed, and stronger engine braking will be enabled.

Two−wheel drive models except Pre

Runner

2RZ−FE engine

. . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 km/h (65 mph)

Four−wheel drive models and Pre Runner

Front drive control lever in “H2” and

“H4”

3RZ−FE engine

. . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 km/h (66 mph)

5VZ−FE engine

. . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 km/h (71 mph)

Front drive control lever in “L4”

3RZ−FE engine

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 km/h (22 mph)

5VZ−FE engine

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 km/h (24 mph)

D

Shift into the “L” position. The transmission will downshift to first gear when the vehicle speed drops down to or lower than the following speed, and maximum engine braking will be enabled.

Two−wheel drive models except Pre

Runner

2RZ−FE engine

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 km/h (34 mph)

Four−wheel drive models and Pre Runner

Front drive control lever in “H2” and

“H4”

3RZ−FE engine

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 km/h (32 mph)

5VZ−FE engine

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 km/h (34 mph)

Front drive control lever in “L4”

3RZ−FE engine

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 km/h (6 mph)

5VZ−FE engine

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 km/h (6 mph)

Vehicles with cruise control—When the cruise control is being used, even if you downshift the transmission by pushing and releasing the overdrive switch, engine braking will not be enabled because the cruise control is not cancelled.

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

For ways to decrease the vehicle speed, see “Cruise control” in this section.

CAUTION

Be careful when downshifting on a slippery surface. Abrupt shifting could cause the vehicle to spin or skid.

(e) Using “2” and “L” positions

The “2” and “L” positions are used for strong engine braking as described previously.

With the selector lever in “2” or “L”, you can start the vehicle in motion as with the lever in “D”.

With the selector lever in “2”, the vehicle will start in first gear and automatically shift to the second gear.

With the selector lever in “L”, the transmission is engaged in first gear.

125

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

NOTICE z

Be careful not to over−rev the engine. Watch the tachometer to keep engine rpm from going into the red zone. The approximate maximum allowable speed for each position is given below for your reference:

Two−wheel drive models except Pre

Runner

2RZ−FE engine

“2”

“L”

. . . . . . .

. . . . . . . .

122 km/h (75 mph)

64 km/h (39 mph)

Four−wheel drive models

Front drive control lever in “H2” or

“H4”—

3RZ−FE engine

“2” . . . . . . . 113 km/h (70 mph)

“L” . . . . . . . . 62 km/h (38 mph)

5VZ−FE engine

“2” . . . . . . . 119 km/h (73 mph)

“L” . . . . . . . . 65 km/h (40 mph)

Front drive control lever in “L4”—

3RZ−FE engine

“2” . . . . . . . . 44 km/h (27 mph)

“L” . . . . . . . . 24 km/h (14 mph)

5VZ−FE engine

“2”

“L”

. . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . .

65 km/h (40 mph)

25 km/h (16 mph)

Pre Runner models

3RZ−FE engine

Regular cab

“2”

“L”

. . . . .

. . . . . .

119 km/h (73 mph)

65 km/h (40 mph)

Xtra−cab and double cab

“2” . . . . . 113 km/h (70 mph)

“L” . . . . . . 62 km/h (38 mph)

5VZ−FE engine

“2”

“L”

. . . . . . .

. . . . . . . .

119 km/h (73 mph)

65 km/h (40 mph) z

Do not continue hill climbing for a long time in the “2” or “L” position. This may cause severe automatic transmission damage from overheating. To prevent such damage, use “D” position for hill climbing or hard towing.

(f) Backing up

1. Bring the vehicle to a complete stop.

2. With the brake pedal held down with your foot, shift the selector lever to the

“R” position.

NOTICE

Never shift into reverse while the vehicle is moving.

(g) Parking

1. Bring the vehicle to a complete stop.

2. Pull the parking brake lever fully to securely apply the parking brake.

3. With the brake pedal pressed down, shift the selector lever to the “P” position.

CAUTION

Never attempt to move the selector lever into “P” position under any circumstances while the vehicle is moving. Serious mechanical damage and loss of vehicle control may result.

126 2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

(h) Good driving practice

D

If the transmission repeatedly shifts up and down between third gear and overdrive when climbing a gentle slope, the overdrive should be turned off. Be sure to turn the switch on immediately afterward.

D

When towing a trailer, in order to maintain engine braking efficiency, do not use overdrive.

CAUTION

Always keep your foot on the brake pedal while stopped with the engine running. This prevents the vehicle from creeping.

NOTICE

Do not hold the vehicle on an upgrade with the accelerator pedal. It can cause the transmission to overheat. Always use the brake pedal or parking brake.

(i) Driving in “POWER” mode

(four−wheel drive models and Pre

Runner)

In the “POWER” mode, the transmission is shifted up and down at a higher vehicle speed than in the “NORMAL” mode and a more powerful acceleration is achieved. To set the “POWER” mode, push in the driving pattern selector button. The POWER mode indicator light comes on.

For ordinary driving, Toyota recommends using the “NORMAL” mode to improve fuel economy.

(j) Rocking your vehicle if stuck

CAUTION

If your vehicle becomes stuck in snow, mud, sand, etc., then you may attempt to rock the vehicle free by moving it forward and backward. Do not attempt this procedure if people or objects are anywhere near the vehicle. During the rocking operation the vehicle may suddenly move forward or backward as it becomes unstuck, causing injury or damage to nearby people or objects.

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U) 127

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

NOTICE

If you rock your vehicle, observe the following precautions to prevent damage to the transmission and other parts.

z

Do not depress the accelerator pedal while shifting the selector lever or before the transmission is completely shifted to forward or reverse gear.

z

Do not race the engine and avoid spinning the wheels.

z

If your vehicle remains stuck after rocking the vehicle several times, consider other ways such as towing.

(k) If you cannot shift the selector lever out of “P” position

If you cannot shift the selector lever from the “P” position even though the brake pedal is depressed, use the shift lock override lever. For instructions, see “If you cannot shift automatic transmission selector lever” in Section 4.

Manual transmission

The shift pattern is as shown above.

Press the clutch pedal down fully while shifting, and then release it slowly. Do not rest your foot on the pedal while driving, because it will cause clutch trouble. And do not use the clutch to hold the vehicle when stopped on an uphill grade–use the parking brake.

Recommended shifting speeds

The transmission is fully synchronized and upshifting or downshifting is easy.

For the best compromise between fuel economy and vehicle performance, you should upshift or downshift at the following speeds:

2RZ−FE engine

Low altitude

—1219 m (4000 ft.) or lower gear

1 to 2 or 2 to 1

2 to 3 or 3 to 2 km/h (mph)

24 (15)

40 (25)

3 to 4 or 4 to 3

4 to 5 or 5 to 4

64 (40)

72 (45)

High altitude

—Higher than 1219 m (4000 ft.)

Upshifting gear

1 to 2

2 to 3

3 to 4

4 to 5 km/h (mph)

24 (15)

40 (25)/58 (36)

64 (40)/72 (45)

72 (45)/88 (55)

Downshifting gear

2 to 1

3 to 2

4 to 3 km/h (mph)

24

40

64

(15)

(25)

(40)

5 to 4 72 (45)

: Applicable under heavy acceleration conditions.

128 2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

3RZ−FE engine

Upshifting gear

1 to 2

2 to 3

3 to 4

4 to 5

Downshifting gear

2 to 1

3 to 2

4 to 3 km/h (mph)

24

40

64

(15)

(25)

(40)

5 to 4 72 (45)

: Applicable under heavy acceleration conditions.

5VZ−FE engine km/h (mph)

24 (15)

40 (25)/58 (36)

64 (40)/72 (45)

72 (45)/88 (55)

∗ gear

1 to 2 or 2 to 1

2 to 3 or 3 to 2

3 to 4 or 4 to 3

4 to 5 or 5 to 4 km/h (mph)

24 (15)

40 (25)

64 (40)

72 (45)

Downshift to the appropriate gear if acceleration is needed when you are cruising below the above downshifting speeds.

Upshifting too soon or downshifting too late will cause lugging, and possibly pinging. Regularly revving the engine to maximum speed in each gear will cause excessive engine wear and high fuel consumption.

Maximum allowable speeds

To get on a highway or to pass slower traffic, maximum acceleration may be necessary. Make sure you observe the following maximum allowable speeds in each gear:

Two−wheel drive models

2RZ−FE engine gear

1

2

3

4

5VZ−FE engine gear

1

2

3

4 km/h (mph)

48 (29)

89 (55)

137 (85)

165 (103) km/h (mph)

54 (33)

101 (62)

146 (90)

180 (111)

Four−wheel drive models

3RZ−FE engine gear km/h (mph)

“H2” and “H4” “L4”

1

2

46

85

(28)

(52)

17 (10)

33 (20)

3

4

132 (81)

165 (102)

51 (31)

70 (43)

5VZ−FE engine gear km/h (mph)

“H2” and “H4” “L4”

1

2

3

47

88

127

(29)

(54)

(78)

18 (11)

34 (21)

49 (30)

4 165 (102) 70 (44)

NOTICE

Do not downshift if you are going faster than the maximum allowable speed for the next lower gear.

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U) 129

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

Good driving practice

D

If it is difficult to shift into reverse, put the transmission in neutral, release the clutch pedal momentarily, and then try again.

D

When towing a trailer, in order to maintain engine braking efficiency, do not use fifth gear.

CAUTION

Be careful when downshifting on a slippery surface. Abrupt shifting could cause the vehicle to spin or skid.

NOTICE

Make sure the vehicle is completely stopped before shifting into reverse.

Four−wheel drive system—

(a) Front drive control

(lever type)

Use the front drive control lever to select the following transfer modes.

“H2” (high speed position, two−wheel

drive): Lever at “H2”

Use this for normal driving on dry hard− surfaced roads. This position gives greater economy, quietest ride and least wear.

“H4” (high speed position, four−wheel

drive): Lever at “H4”

Use this for normal driving on wet, icy or snow−covered roads. This position provides greater traction than two−wheel drive.

“N” (neutral position): Lever at “N”

No power is delivered to the wheels. The vehicle must be stopped.

“L4” (low speed position, four−wheel

drive): Lever at “L4”

Use this for maximum power and traction.

Use “L4” for climbing or descending steep hills, off−road driving, and hard pulling in sand, mud or deep snow.

The four−wheel drive indicator light comes on when the “H4”, “N” or “L4” mode is selected.

See “(c) Shifting procedure (lever type)” for further instructions.

130 2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

(a) Front drive control

(lever/button type)

Use the front drive control lever and

“4WD” button to select the following transfer modes.

“H2” (high speed position, two−wheel

drive): Lever at “H”, “4WD” button left out

Use this for normal driving on dry hard− surfaced roads. This position gives greater economy, quietest ride and least wear.

“H4” (high speed position, four−wheel

drive): Lever at “H”, “4WD” button pushed in.

Use this for normal driving on wet, icy or snow−covered roads. This position provides greater traction than two−wheel drive.

“N” (neutral position): Lever at “N”

No power is delivered to the wheels. The vehicle must be stopped.

“L4” (low speed position, four−wheel

drive): Lever at “L4”

Use this for maximum power and traction.

Use “L4” for climbing or descending steep hills, off−road driving, and hard pulling in sand, mud or deep snow.

The four−wheel drive indicator light comes on when the “H4”, “N” or “L4” mode is selected.

See “(c) Shifting procedure (lever/button type)” for further instructions.

(b) A.D.D. (automatic disconnecting differential)

The A.D.D. can be engaged or disengaged by the shifting operations described in “(c) Shifting procedure”.

You should drive in four−wheel drive for at least 16 km (10 miles) each month.

This will assure that the front drive components are lubricated.

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U) 131

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

(c) Shifting procedure (lever type with manual transmission)

SHIFTING BETWEEN “H2” AND “H4”

To shift from “H2” to “H4”, reduce your speed to less than 80 km/h (50 mph) and move the front drive control lever. You need not depress the clutch pedal.

If you have trouble shifting in cold weather, reduce your speed or stop the vehicle and reshift.

CAUTION

Never move the front drive control lever if wheels are slipping. Stop the slipping or spinning before shifting.

To shift from “H4” to “H2”, simply move the front drive control lever.

This can be done at any vehicle speed.

You need not depress the clutch pedal.

If the indicator light does not go off when you shift the transfer into “H2”, drive straight ahead while accelerating or decelerating, or drive in reverse.

SHIFTING BETWEEN “H4” AND “L4”

To shift from “H4” to “L4”, stop the vehicle or reduce your speed to less than

8 km/h (5 mph). With your foot off the accelerator pedal, depress the clutch pedal and move the front drive control lever.

To shift from “L4” to “H4”, depress the clutch pedal and move the front drive control lever.

This can be done at any vehicle speed.

(c) Shifting procedure

(lever type with automatic transmission)

SHIFTING BETWEEN “H2” AND “H4”

To shift from “H2” to “H4”, reduce your speed to less than 80 km/h (50 mph) and move the front drive control lever.

If you have trouble shifting in cold weather, reduce your speed or stop the vehicle and reshift.

CAUTION

Never move the front drive control lever if wheels are slipping. Stop the slipping or spinning before shifting.

To shift from “H4” to “H2”, simply move the front drive control lever.

This can be done at any vehicle speed.

If the indicator light does not go off when you shift the transfer into “H2”, drive straight ahead while accelerating or decelerating, or drive in reverse.

SHIFTING BETWEEN “H4” AND “L4”

To shift between “H4” and “L4”, stop the vehicle and put the transmission in

“N”. With your foot holding down the brake pedal, move the front drive control lever.

132 2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

(c) Shifting procedure

(lever/button type with manual transmission)

SHIFTING BETWEEN “H2” AND “H4”

To shift from “H2” to “H4”, reduce your speed to less than 100 km/h (62 mph) and push in the “4WD” button. You need not depress the clutch pedal.

If the indicator light does not come on when you push in the “4WD” button, drive straight ahead while accelerating or decelerating.

If the indicator light flashes and the buzzer sounds when you push in the “4WD” button, reduce your speed or stop the vehicle and reset.

CAUTION

Never push the “4WD” button if wheels are slipping. Stop the slipping or spinning before shifting.

To shift from “H4” to “H2”, push the

“4WD” button again to turn it off.

This can be done at any vehicle speed.

You need not depress the clutch pedal.

If the indicator light does not go off when you shift the transfer into “H2”, drive straight ahead while accelerating or decelerating, or drive in reverse.

SHIFTING BETWEEN “H2” OR “H4” AND

“L4”

To shift from “H2” or “H4” to “L4”, stop the vehicle or reduce your speed to less than 8 km/h (5 mph). With your foot off the accelerator pedal, depress the clutch pedal and move the front drive control lever.

To shift from “L4” to “H2” or “H4”, depress the clutch pedal and move the front drive control lever. When the “4WD” button is pushed in, the transfer shifts into

“H4”; when the button is left out, the transfer shifts into “H2”.

This can be done at any vehicle speed.

If the indicator light does not go off when you shift the transfer into “H2”, drive straight ahead while accelerating or decelerating, or drive in reverse.

(c) Shifting procedure

(lever/button type with automatic transmission)

SHIFTING BETWEEN “H2” AND “H4”

To shift from “H2” to “H4”, reduce your speed to less than 100 km/h (62 mph) and push in the “4WD” button.

If the indicator light does not come on when you push in the “4WD” button, drive straight ahead while accelerating or decelerating.

If the indicator light flashes and the buzzer sounds when you push in the “4WD” button, reduce your speed or stop the vehicle and reset.

CAUTION

Never push the “4WD” button if wheels are slipping. Stop the slipping or spinning before shifting.

To shift from “H4” to “H2”, push the

“4WD” button again to turn it off.

This can be done at any vehicle speed.

If the indicator light does not go off when you shift the transfer into “H2”, drive straight ahead while accelerating or decelerating, or drive in reverse.

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U) 133

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

Rear differential lock system

SHIFTING BETWEEN “H2” OR “H4” AND

“L4”

To shift from “H2” or “H4” to “L4”, stop the vehicle and put the transmission in “N”. With your foot holding down the brake pedal, move the front drive control lever.

To shift from “L4” to “H2” or “H4”, stop the vehicle and put the transmission in “N”. With your foot holding down the brake pedal, move the front drive control lever. When the “4WD” button is pushed in, the transfer shifts into “H4”; when the button is left out, the transfer shifts into

“H2”.

If the indicator light does not go off when you shift the transfer into “H2”, drive straight ahead while accelerating or decelerating, or drive in reverse.

The rear differential lock system is provided for use only when wheel spinning occurs in a ditch or on a slippery or ragged surface.

This differential lock system is effective in case one of the rear wheels is spinning.

Except for Pre Runner models

Before using the rear differential lock system, first shift the front drive control into

“L4” to see if it works. If this has no effect, additionally use the rear differential lock system.

CAUTION

Do not use the rear differential lock in the conditions other than above.

Large steering effort and careful cornering control will be required.

134 2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

CAUTION

D

Do not lock the differential until the wheels have stopped spinning.

Otherwise, the vehicle may move in an unexpected direction when the differential lock is engaged, resulting in an accident. This may also lead to possible damage to differential lock component parts.

D

Do not drive over 8 km/h (5 mph) when the differential is locked.

To lock the rear differential, push the switch.

Be sure to stop the wheels before locking the differential.

For easy locking, depress the clutch pedal, push the lock switch and slowly release the clutch pedal.

The indicator light will blink when the switch is turned on. Wait a few seconds for the system to complete operation. After the differential is locked, the light will stop blinking and remain on.

The anti−lock brake system does not operate when the rear differential is locked. It is normal operation for the “ABS” warning light to be on at this time.

To unlock the differential, push the switch once again.

Unlock the differential as soon as the vehicle moves out.

For easy unlocking, slightly turn the steering wheel in either direction while the vehicle is in motion.

When the differential lock is disengaged, the indicator light will go out.

Except for Pre Runner models

The differential will also unlock if you shift the front drive control lever out of “L4”.

Never forget to turn off the switch after using this feature.

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

To check the indicator bulb, turn the ignition key to the “ON” position, but do not start the engine.

CAUTION

Do not keep driving with the differential lock switch on.

135

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

Parking brake

When parking, firmly apply the parking brake to avoid inadvertent creeping.

To set: Pull out on the lever. For better holding power, first depress the brake pedal and hold it while setting the parking brake.

To release: Press the lock release button

(1), turn the lever clockwise (2), then push it in (3).

To remind you that the parking brake is set, the parking brake reminder light in the instrument panel remains on until you release the parking brake.

CAUTION

Before driving, be sure the parking brake is fully released and the parking brake reminder light is off.

Cruise control

The cruise control allows you to cruise the vehicle at a desired speed over 40 km/h (25 mph) even with your foot off the accelerator pedal.

Your cruising speed can be maintained up or down grades within the limits of engine performance, although a slight speed change may occur when driving up or down the grades. On steeper hills, a greater speed change will occur so it is better to drive without the cruise control.

CAUTION

D

To help maintain maximum control of your vehicle, do not use the cruise control when driving in heavy or varying traffic, or on slippery (rainy, icy or snow−covered) or winding roads.

D

Avoid vehicle speed increases when driving downhill. If the vehicle speed is too fast in relation to the cruise control set speed, cancel the cruise control then downshift the transmission to use engine braking to slow down.

136 2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

TURNING ON THE SYSTEM

To operate the cruise control, press the

“CRUISE ON−OFF” button. This turns the system on. The indicator light in the instrument panel shows that you can now set the vehicle at a desired cruising speed. Another press will turn the system completely off.

CAUTION

To avoid accidental cruise control engagement, keep the “CRUISE ON−

OFF” switch off when not using the cruise control.

SETTING AT A DESIRED SPEED

On vehicles with automatic transmission, the transmission must be in “D” before you set the cruise control speed.

Bring your vehicle to the desired speed, push the lever down in the “SET/COAST” direction and release it. This sets the vehicle at that speed. If the speed is not satisfactory, tap the lever up for a faster speed, or tap it down for a slower speed.

Each tap changes the set speed by 1.6

km/h (1.0 mph). You can now take your foot off the accelerator pedal.

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

If you need acceleration—for example, when passing—depress the accelerator pedal enough for the vehicle to exceed the set speed. When you release it, the vehicle will return to the speed set prior to the acceleration.

CAUTION

For manual transmission:

While driving with the cruise control on, do not shift to neutral without depressing the clutch pedal, as this may cause engine racing or over−revving.

CANCELLING THE PRESET SPEED

You can cancel the preset speed by: a. Pulling the lever in the “CANCEL” direction and releasing it b. Depressing the brake pedal c. Depressing the clutch pedal (manual transmission)

If the vehicle speed falls below about 40 km/h (25 mph), the preset speed will automatically cancel out.

If the vehicle speed drops 16 km/h (10 mph) below the preset speed, the preset speed will also automatically cancel out.

137

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

If the preset speed automatically cancels out other than for the above cases, have your vehicle checked by your Toyota dealer at the earliest opportunity.

RESETTING TO A FASTER SPEED

Push the lever up in the “RES/ACC” direction and hold it. Release the lever when the desired speed is attained. While the lever is held up, the vehicle will gradually gain speed.

However, a faster way to reset is to accelerate the vehicle and then push the lever down in the “SET/COAST” direction.

RESETTING TO A SLOWER SPEED

Push the lever down in the “SET/COAST” direction and hold it. Release the lever when the desired speed is attained. While the lever is held down, the vehicle speed will gradually decrease.

However, a faster way to reset is to depress the brake pedal and then push the lever down in the “SET/COAST” direction.

On vehicles with automatic transmission, even if you turn off the overdrive switch with the cruise control on, engine braking will not be applied because the cruise control is not cancelled. To decrease the vehicle speed, reset to a slower speed with the cruise control lever or depress the brake pedal. If you use the brake pedal, cruise control is cancelled.

RESUMING THE PRESET SPEED

If the preset speed is cancelled by pulling the control lever or by depressing the brake pedal or clutch pedal, pushing the lever up in the “RES/ACC” direction will restore the speed set prior to cancellation.

However, once the vehicle speed falls below about 40 km/h (25 mph), the preset speed will not be resumed.

CRUISE CONTROL FAILURE WARNING

If the “CRUISE” indicator light in the instrument cluster flashes when using the cruise control, press the “CRUISE ON−

OFF” button to turn the system off and then press it again to turn it on.

If any of the following conditions then occurs, there is some trouble in the cruise control system.

D

The indicator light does not come on.

D

The indicator light flashes again.

D

The indicator light goes out after it comes on.

If this is the case, contact your Toyota dealer and have your vehicle inspected.

138 2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

Clutch start cancel switch

(four−wheel drive models with manual transmission)

Never use the switch for normal engine starting. Be sure to follow the starting procedure instructed in “How to start the engine” in Section 3.

To crank the engine without depressing the clutch pedal, push the switch with the ignition on.

The switch stays on as long as the ignition is on. And it will automatically turn off when the ignition is off. An indicator light will illuminate to indicate the system is operating.

This switch cancels the clutch start system, which is designed to keep the starter motor from operating if the clutch pedal is not depressed all the way down.

The switch allows the vehicle to be driven out of difficult situations by cranking the engine with the clutch engaged.

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U) 139

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

140 2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

SECTION

1

7

OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS AND

CONTROLS

Car audio system

Reference

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Using your audio system

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

142

142

Car audio system operating hints

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

162

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U) 141

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

Reference

Type 1: AM·FM ETR radio (with cassette and compact disc auto changer controllers)

Type 3: AM·FM ETR radio/cassette player/ compact disc player (with compact disc auto changer controller)

Using your audio system—

—Some basics

This section describes some of the basic features on Toyota audio systems. Some information may not pertain to your system.

Your audio system works when the ignition key is in the “ACC” or “ON” position.

TURNING THE SYSTEM ON AND OFF

Push “PWR/VOL” or “PWR·VOL” to turn the audio system on and off.

Push “AM”, “FM1·2”, “TAPE”, “CD” or

“AUX” to turn on that function without pushing “PWR/VOL” or “PWR·VOL”.

You can turn on each player by inserting a cassette tape or compact disc.

You can turn off each player by ejecting the cassette tape or compact disc. If the audio system was previously off, then the entire audio system will be turned off when you eject the cassette tape or compact disc. If the another function was previously playing, it will come on again.

SWITCHING BETWEEN FUNCTIONS

Push “AM”, “FM1·2”, “TAPE”, “CD” or

“AUX” if the system is already on but you want to switch from one function to another.

Type 2: AM·FM ETR radio/cassette player

(with compact disc auto changer controller)

142 2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

TONE AND BALANCE

For details about your system’s tone and balance controls, see the description of your own system.

Tone

How good an audio program sounds to you is largely determined by the mix of the treble, midrange and bass levels. In fact, different kinds of music and vocal programs usually sound better with different mixes of treble, midrange and bass.

Balance

A good balance of the left and right stereo channels and of the front and rear sound levels is also important.

Keep in mind that if you are listening to a stereo recording or broadcast, changing the right/left balance will increase the volume of one group of sounds while decreasing the volume of another.

YOUR RADIO ANTENNA

To remove an antenna, carefully turn it counterclockwise.

NOTICE

To prevent damage to the antenna, make sure it is removed before driving your Toyota through an automatic car wash.

YOUR CASSETTE PLAYER

When you insert a cassette, the exposed tape should be to the right.

NOTICE

Do not oil any part of the player and do not insert anything other than cassette tapes into the slot, or the tape player may be damaged.

YOUR COMPACT DISC PLAYER

When you insert a disc, gently push it in with the label side up. (The player will automatically eject a disc if the label side is down.) The compact disc player will play from track 1 through the end of the disc. Then it will play from track 1 again.

On models with the compact disc auto changer, next disc will be played from track 1.

NOTICE

Never try to disassemble or oil any part of the compact disc player. Do not insert anything except a compact disc into the slot.

The player is intended for use with 12 cm

(4.7 in.) discs only.

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U) 143

—Controls and features

" Type 1

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

Details of specific buttons, controls, and features are described in the alphabetical listing that follows.

144 2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

1 2 3 4 5 6 (Preset buttons)

These buttons are used to preset and tune in radio stations.

To preset a station to a button: Tune in the desired station (see “TUNE” knob or

“SEEK” button). Push and hold down the button until you hear a beep—this will set the station to the button. The button number will appear on the display.

To tune in to a preset station: Push the button for the station you want. The button number and station frequency will appear on the display.

These systems can store one AM and two

FM stations for each button (The display will show “AM”, “FM1” or “FM2” when you push “AM” “FM1·2”).

(Program)

Push “ ” to select the other side of a cassette tape. The display indicates which side is currently selected (“ ” indicates top side, “ ” indicates bottom side).

Auto−reverse feature: After the cassette player reaches the end of a tape side, it automatically reverses and begins to play the other side. This is true whether the cassette was playing or fast forwarding.

(Reverse/Fast forward buttons)

Cassette Player

Push the fast forward button to fast forward a cassette tape. “FF” will appear on the display. Push the reverse button to rewind a tape. “REW” will appear on the display.

To stop the tape while it is fast forwarding, push the fast forward button or

“TAPE”; to stop the tape while it is rewinding, push the reverse button or

“TAPE”.

If a tape side rewinds completely, the cassette player will stop and then play that same side. If a tape fast forwards completely, the cassette player will play the other side of the tape, using the auto−reverse feature.

Compact Disc Player

If you want to fast forward or reverse through a compact disc track, push and hold in the fast forward or reverse button.

When you release the button, the compact disc player will resume playing.

AM

Push “AM” to turn on the radio and select the AM band. “AM” will appear on the display.

If the audio system is off, you can turn on the radio by pushing “AM”. Also, push

“AM” to switch from cassette or compact disc operation to radio operation.

CTRL / MODE (Audio control and mode adjustment)

Manual tone adjustment function—

This knob is used to adjust the tone manually.

For low−pitch tone adjustment, push

“CTRL / MODE” repeatedly until “BAS” appears on the display. Then turn the knob to suit your preference.

The display will show the range from

“BAS −5” to “BAS 5”.

For high−pitch tone adjustment, push

“CTRL / MODE” repeatedly until “TRE” appears on the display. Then turn the knob to suit your preference.

The display will show the range from

“TRE −5” to “TRE 5”.

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U) 145

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

Sound balance adjustment function—

This knob is also used to adjust the sound balance between the front and rear, and the right and left speakers.

For front/rear adjustment, push “CTRL /

MODE” repeatedly until “FAd” appears on the display. Then turn the knob to adjust the front/rear balance.

The display will show the range from

“FAd−F7” to “FAd−R7”.

For left/right adjustment, push “CTRL /

MODE” repeatedly until “BAL” appears on the display. Then turn the knob to adjust the left/right balance.

The display will show the range from

“BAL−L7” to “BAL−R7”.

AUX (Auxiliary button)

This button is used to operate each player when a cassette tape player, compact disc player or compact disc auto changer is equipped with this radio player.

With cassette tape player

Push “AUX” to switch from radio to cassette operation. If the audio system is off, you can turn on the cassette player by pushing “AUX”. In both cases, a cassette must already be loaded in the player.

146

With compact disc player or compact disc auto changer

Push “AUX” to switch from radio to compact disc operation. If the audio system is off, you can turn on the compact disc player by pushing “AUX”. In both cases, a disc must already be loaded in the player.

When the audio is set into compact disc operation, the display shows the track or, track and disc number currently being played. Each time you push “AUX”, the system changes to the automatic changer.

If the player malfunctions, your audio system will display one of the six following error messages.

If “WAIT” appears on the display, it indicates that the inside of the player unit may be too hot due to the very high ambient temperature. Remove the disc or magazine from the player and allow the player to cool down.

If “Err 1” appears on the display, it indicates the disc is dirty, damaged, or it was inserted up−side down. Clean the disc or insert it correctly.

If “Err 2” appears on the display, it indicates no disc is loaded inside the magazine. Insert a disc.

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

If “Err 3” or “Err 4” appears on the

display, it indicates there is a trouble inside the system. Eject the disc or magazine. Set the disc or magazine again.

If “OPEn” appears on the display, it indicates the compact disc auto changer lid is open. Close the compact disc auto changer lid.

If the malfunction is not rectified, take your vehicle to your Toyota dealer.

DISC

ƝƜ

Compact disc auto changer only—

By using this button, you can select a disc you wish to listen to.

Push either side of the button until the number of the disc you want to listen to appears on the display.

Dolby r

B NR

If you are listening to a tape that was recorded with Dolby r

B Noise Reduction, push the button marked with the double−D symbol. The double−D symbol will appear on the display. Push the button again to turn off Dolby r

B NR.

The Dolby NR mode reduces tape noise by about 10 dB. For best sound reproduction, play your tapes with this button on or off according to the mode used for recording the tape.

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

: Dolby noise reduction manufactured under license from

Dolby Laboratories Licensing Corporation. “DOLBY” and the double D symbol are trademarks of Dolby Laboratories

Licensing Corporation.

FM1·2

Push “FM1·2” to turn on the radio and select the FM band. “FM1” or “FM2” will appear on the display. This system allows you to set twelve FM stations, two for each button.

If the audio system is off, you can turn on the radio by pushing “FM1·2”. Also, push “FM1·2” to switch from cassette or compact disc operation to radio operation.

PWR/VOL (Power/Volume)

Push “PWR/VOL” to turn the audio system on and off. Turn “PWR/VOL” to adjust the volume.

RAND (Random)

There are two random features—you can either listen to the tracks on all the compact discs in the magazine in random order, or only listen to the tracks on a specific compact disc in random order.

To randomly play the tracks on the disc:

Quickly push and release “RAND”. “RAND” will appear on the display. The disc you are listening to will play in random order.

If you hear a beep, you held the button too long, and the player will play all the tracks in the magazine in random order.

To turn off the random feature, push

“RAND” again.

Compact disc auto changer only—

To randomly play all the tracks in the magazine:

Push and hold “RAND” until you hear a beep. “ ·RAND” will appear on the display and the player will perform all the tracks on all the discs in the magazine in random order. To turn off the random feature, push “RAND” again.

RPT (Repeat)

Cassette Player

Push “RPT” while the track is playing.

“RPT” will appear on the display. When the track ends, it will automatically be rewound and replayed. This process will be continued until you push the button again to turn off the repeat feature.

There must be at least 3 seconds of blank space between tracks in order for the repeat feature to work correctly.

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

Compact Disc Player

There are two repeat features—you can either replay a disc track or a whole compact disc.

Repeating a track:

Quickly push and release “RPT” while the track is playing. “RPT” will appear on the display. If you hear a beep, you held the button too long, and the player will repeat the whole disc. When the track ends, it will automatically be replayed. This process will be continued until you push the button again to turn off the repeat feature.

Compact disc auto changer only—

Repeating a disc:

Push and hold “RPT” until you hear a beep. “ ·RPT” will appear on the display. The player will repeat all the tracks on the disc you are listening to. When the disc ends, the player will automatically go back to the top track of the disc and replay. This process will be continued until you push the button again to turn off the repeat feature.

147

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

SCAN

Radio

You can either scan all the frequencies on a band or scan only the preset stations for that band.

To scan the preset stations:

Push and hold “SCAN” until you hear a beep. The radio will tune in the next preset station up the band, stay there for 5 seconds, and then move to the next preset station. To select a station, push

“SCAN” again.

To scan all the frequencies:

Quickly push and release “SCAN”. If you hear a beep, you held the button too long, and the radio will scan the preset stations. The radio will find the next station up the station band, stay there for 5 seconds, and then scan again. To select a station, push “SCAN” again.

Compact disc player

There are two scan features—you can either scan the tracks on a specific disc or scan the first tracks of all the discs in the magazine.

148

Scanning the tracks on a disc:

Quickly push and release “SCAN”. “SCAN” will appear on the display and the player will scan all the tracks on the disc you are listening to. If you hear a beep, you held the button too long, and the player will scan the first track of all the discs in the magazine. To select a track, push

“SCAN” again. If the player scanned all the tracks on the disc, it will stop scanning.

Compact disc auto changer only—

Scanning the first track of all the discs in the magazine:

Push “SCAN” until you hear a beep.

·SCAN” will appear on the display and the player will perform the first track of the next disc. To select a disc, push the “SCAN” again. If the player has scanned all the discs, it will stop scanning.

SEEK (Seeking)

Radio

In the seek mode, the radio finds and plays the next station up or down the station band.

To seek a station, quickly push and release the “

Ɯ

” or “

Ɲ

” under the “SEEK”.

Do this again to find another station.

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

Cassette Player

By using this button, you can skip up or down to a different track.

You can skip up to nine tracks at a time.

Push the up or down side of the button.

“FF 1” or “REW 1” will appear on the display.

Next, push either side of the track button until the number on the display reaches the number of tracks you want to skip. If you push the button ten times, the skip feature will be turned off.

When counting the number of tracks you want to rewind, remember to count the current track as well. For example, if you want to rewind to a song that is two before the song you are listening to, push on the down side of the button until “REW

3” appears on the display.

If you have pushed the track button more than you wanted to, push the other side of the button. The track number will be reduced.

The track number you select is not valid if it is higher than the number of tracks remaining on the current cassette side.

D

After the beginning of the tape is reached, the player will automatically start playing the same side.

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

D

After the end of the tape is reached, the player will automatically reverse sides and start playing the other side.

There must be at least 3 seconds of blank space between tracks for the track button to work correctly. In addition, the feature may not work well with some spoken word, live, or classical recordings.

ST (Stereo reception) display

Your radio automatically changes to stereo reception when a stereo broadcast is received. “ST” appears on the display. If the signal becomes weak, the radio reduces the amount of channel separation to prevent the weak signal from creating noise.

If the signal becomes extremely weak, the radio switches from stereo to mono reception.

TRACK (Track up/down button):

Compact disc player

By using this button, you can skip up or down to a different track.

Push either side of the track button until the number of the track you want to listen to appears on the display. If you want to return to the beginning of the current track, push the down side of the button one time, quickly.

TUNE (Tuning)

Your Toyota has an electronic tuning radio

(ETR). Turn the knob clockwise to step up the frequency. Turn the knob counterclockwise to step down the frequency.

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U) 149

"

Type 2

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

Details of specific buttons, controls, and features are described in the alphabetical listing that follows.

150 2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

1 2 3 4 5 6 (Preset buttons)

These buttons are used to preset and tune in radio stations.

To preset a station to a button: Tune in the desired station (see “TUNE” knob or

“SEEK” button). Push and hold down the button until you hear a beep—this will set the station to the button. The button number will appear on the display.

To tune in to a preset station: Push the button for the station you want. The button number and station frequency will appear on the display.

These systems can store one AM and two

FM stations for each button (The display will show “AM”, “FM1” or “FM2” when you push “AM” “FM1·2”).

(Eject button)

Push the cassette tape eject button to eject a cassette. Push the compact disc eject button to eject a compact disc.

After you turn the ignition to “LOCK”, you will be able to eject a cassette or disc but you will not be able to reinsert it.

(Program)

Push “ ” to select the other side of a cassette tape. The display indicates which side is currently selected (“ ” indicates top side, “ ” indicates bottom side).

Auto−reverse feature: After the cassette player reaches the end of a tape side, it automatically reverses and begins to play the other side. This is true whether the cassette was playing or fast forwarding.

(Reverse/Fast forward buttons)

Cassette Player

Push the fast forward button to fast forward a cassette tape. “FF” will appear on the display. Push the reverse button to rewind a tape. “REW” will appear on the display.

To stop the tape while it is fast forwarding, push the fast forward button or

“TAPE”; to stop the tape while it is rewinding, push the reverse button or

“TAPE”.

If a tape side rewinds completely, the cassette player will stop and then play that same side. If a tape fast forwards completely, the cassette player will play the other side of the tape, using the auto−reverse feature.

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

Compact Disc Player

If you want to fast forward or reverse through a compact disc track, push and hold in the fast forward or reverse button.

When you release the button, the compact disc player will resume playing.

AM

Push “AM” to turn on the radio and select the AM band. “AM” will appear on the display.

If the audio system is off, you can turn on the radio by pushing “AM”. Also, push

“AM” to switch from cassette or compact disc operation to radio operation.

CTRL / MODE (Audio control and mode adjustment)

Manual tone adjustment function—

This knob is used to adjust the tone manually.

For low−pitch tone adjustment, push

“CTRL / MODE” repeatedly until “BAS” appears on the display. Then turn the knob to suit your preference.

The display will show the range from

“BAS −5” to “BAS 5”.

151

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

For high−pitch tone adjustment, push

“CTRL / MODE” repeatedly until “TRE” appears on the display. Then turn the knob to suit your preference.

The display will show the range from

“TRE −5” to “TRE 5”.

Sound balance adjustment function—

This knob is also used to adjust the sound balance between the front and rear, and the right and left speakers.

For left/right adjustment, push “CTRL /

MODE” repeatedly until “BAL” appears on the display. Then turn the knob to adjust the left/right balance.

The display will show the range from

“BAL−L7” to “BAL−R7”.

Models with rear speakers—for front/rear adjustment, push “CTRL / MODE” repeatedly until “FAd” appears on the display.

Then turn the knob to adjust the front/rear balance.

The display will show the range from

“FAd−F7” to “FAd−R7”.

CD (Compact Disc)

Push “CD” to switch from radio or cassette operation to compact disc operation.

If the audio system is off, you can turn on the compact disc player by pushing

“CD”. In both cases, a disc must already be loaded in the player.

When the audio is set into compact disc operation, the display shows the track or, track and disc number currently being played. Each time you push “CD”, the system changes to the automatic changer.

If the player malfunctions, your audio system will display one of the six following error messages.

If “WAIT” appears on the display, it indicates that the inside of the player unit may be too hot due to the very high ambient temperature. Remove the disc or magazine from the player and allow the player to cool down.

If “Err 1” appears on the display, it indicates the disc is dirty, damaged, or it was inserted up−side down. Clean the disc or insert it correctly.

If “Err 2” appears on the display, it indicates no disc is loaded inside the magazine. Insert a disc.

If “Err 3” or “Err 4” appears on the

display, it indicates there is a trouble inside the system. Eject the disc or magazine. Set the disc or magazine again.

If “OPEn” appears on the display, it indicates the compact disc auto changer lid is open. Close the compact disc auto changer lid.

If the malfunction is not rectified, take your vehicle to your Toyota dealer.

DISC

ƝƜ

Compact disc auto changer only—

By using this button, you can select a disc you wish to listen to.

Push either side of the button until the number of the disc you want to listen to appears on the display.

Dolby r

B NR

If you are listening to a tape that was recorded with Dolby r

B Noise Reduction, push the button marked with the double−D symbol. The double−D symbol will appear on the display. Push the button again to turn off Dolby r

B NR.

The Dolby NR mode reduces tape noise by about 10 dB. For best sound reproduction, play your tapes with this button on or off according to the mode used for recording the tape.

152 2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

: Dolby noise reduction manufactured under license from

Dolby Laboratories Licensing Corporation. “DOLBY” and the double D symbol are trademarks of Dolby Laboratories

Licensing Corporation.

FM1·2

Push “FM1·2” to turn on the radio and select the FM band. “FM1” or “FM2” will appear on the display. This system allows you to set twelve FM stations, two for each button.

If the audio system is off, you can turn on the radio by pushing “FM1·2”. Also, push “FM1·2” to switch from cassette or compact disc operation to radio operation.

PWR/VOL (Power/Volume)

Push “PWR/VOL” to turn the audio system on and off. Turn “PWR/VOL” to adjust the volume.

RAND (Random)

There are two random features—you can either listen to the tracks on all the compact discs in the magazine in random order, or only listen to the tracks on a specific compact disc in random order.

To randomly play the tracks on a disc:

Quickly push and release “RAND”. “RAND” will appear on the display. The disc you are listening to will play in random order.

If you hear a beep, you held the button too long, and the player will play all the tracks in the magazine in random order.

To turn off the random feature, push

“RAND” again.

Compact disc auto changer only—

To randomly play all the tracks in the magazine:

Push and hold “RAND” until you hear a beep. “ ·RAND” will appear on the display and the player will perform all the tracks on all the discs in the magazine in random order. To turn off the random feature, push “RAND” again.

RPT (Repeat)

Cassette Player

Push “RPT” while the track is playing.

“RPT” will appear on the display. When the track ends, it will automatically be rewound and replayed. This process will be continued until you push the button again to turn off the repeat feature.

There must be at least 3 seconds of blank space between tracks in order for the repeat feature to work correctly.

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

Compact Disc Player

There are two repeat features—you can either replay a disc track or a whole compact disc.

Repeating a track:

Quickly push and release “RPT” while the track is playing. “RPT” will appear on the display. If you hear a beep, you held the button too long, and the player will repeat the whole disc. When the track ends, it will automatically be replayed. This process will be continued until you push the button again to turn off the repeat feature.

Compact disc auto changer only—

Repeating a disc:

Push and hold “RPT” until you hear a beep. “ ·RPT” will appear on the display. The player will repeat all the tracks on the disc you are listening to. When the disc ends, the player will automatically go back to the top track of the disc and replay. This process will be continued until you push the button again to turn off the repeat feature.

153

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

SCAN

Radio

You can either scan all the frequencies on a band or scan only the preset stations for that band.

To scan the preset stations:

Push and hold “SCAN” until you hear a beep. The radio will tune in the next preset station up the band, stay there for 5 seconds, and then move to the next preset station. To select a station, push

“SCAN” again.

To scan all the frequencies:

Quickly push and release “SCAN”. If you hear a beep, you held the button too long, and the radio will scan the preset stations. The radio will find the next station up the station band, stay there for 5 seconds, and then scan again. To select a station, push “SCAN” again.

Compact disc player

There are two scan features—you can either scan the tracks on a specific disc or scan the first tracks of all the discs in the magazine.

154

Scanning the tracks on a disc:

Quickly push and release “SCAN”. “SCAN” will appear on the display and the player will scan all the tracks on the disc you are listening to. If you hear a beep, you held the button too long, and the player will scan the first track of all the discs in the magazine. To select a track, push

“SCAN” again. If the player scanned all the tracks on the disc, it will stop scanning.

Compact disc auto changer only—

Scanning the first track of all the discs in the magazine:

Push “SCAN” until you hear a beep.

·SCAN” will appear on the display and the player will perform the first track of the next disc. To select a disc, push the “SCAN” again. If the player has scanned all the discs, it will stop scanning.

SEEK (Seeking)

Radio

In the seek mode, the radio finds and plays the next station up or down the station band.

To seek a station, quickly push and release the “

Ɯ

” or “

Ɲ

” under the “SEEK”.

Do this again to find another station.

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

Cassette Player

By using this button, you can skip up or down to a different track.

You can skip up to nine tracks at a time.

Push the up or down side of the button.

“FF 1” or “REW 1” will appear on the display.

Next, push either side of the track button until the number on the display reaches the number of tracks you want to skip. If you push the button ten times, the skip feature will be turned off.

When counting the number of tracks you want to rewind, remember to count the current track as well. For example, if you want to rewind to a song that is two before the song you are listening to, push on the down side of the button until “REW

3” appears on the display.

If you have pushed the track button more than you wanted to, push the other side of the button. The track number will be reduced.

The track number you select is not valid if it is higher than the number of tracks remaining on the current cassette side.

D

After the beginning of the tape is reached, the player will automatically start playing the same side.

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

D

After the end of the tape is reached, the player will automatically reverse sides and start playing the other side.

There must be at least 3 seconds of blank space between tracks for the track button to work correctly. In addition, the feature may not work well with some spoken word, live, or classical recordings.

ST (Stereo reception) display

Your radio automatically changes to stereo reception when a stereo broadcast is received. “ST” appears on the display. If the signal becomes weak, the radio reduces the amount of channel separation to prevent the weak signal from creating noise.

If the signal becomes extremely weak, the radio switches from stereo to mono reception.

TAPE

Push “TAPE” to switch from radio or compact disc operation to cassette operation.

If the audio system is off, you can turn on the cassette player by pushing “TAPE”.

In both cases, a cassette must already be loaded in the player.

TRACK (Track up/down button):

Compact disc player

By using this button, you can skip up or down to a different track.

Push either side of the track button until the number of the track you want to listen to appears on the display. If you want to return to the beginning of the current track, push the down side of the button one time, quickly.

TUNE (Tuning)

Your Toyota has an electronic tuning radio

(ETR). Turn the knob clockwise to step up the frequency. Turn the knob counterclockwise to step down the frequency.

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U) 155

"

Type 3

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

Details of specific buttons, controls, and features are described in the alphabetical listing that follows.

156 2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

1 2 3 4 5 6 (Preset buttons)

These buttons are used to preset and tune in radio stations.

To preset a station to a button: Tune in the desired station (see “TUNE” knob or

“SEEK” button). Push and hold down the button until you hear a beep—this will set the station to the button. The button number will appear on the display.

To tune in to a preset station: Push the button for the station you want. The button number and station frequency will appear on the display.

These systems can store one AM and two

FM stations for each button (The display will show “AM”, “FM1” or “FM2” when you push “AM” “FM1·2”).

(Eject button)

Push the cassette tape eject button to eject a cassette. Push the compact disc eject button to eject a compact disc.

After you turn the ignition to “LOCK”, you will be able to eject a cassette or disc but you will not be able to reinsert it.

(Program)

Push “ ” to select the other side of a cassette tape. The display indicates which side is currently selected (“ ” indicates top side, “ ” indicates bottom side).

Auto−reverse feature: After the cassette player reaches the end of a tape side, it automatically reverses and begins to play the other side. This is true whether the cassette was playing or fast forwarding.

(Reverse/Fast forward buttons)

Cassette Player

Push the fast forward button to fast forward a cassette tape. “FF” will appear on the display. Push the reverse button to rewind a tape. “REW” will appear on the display.

To stop the tape while it is fast forwarding, push the fast forward button or

“TAPE”; to stop the tape while it is rewinding, push the reverse button or

“TAPE”.

If a tape side rewinds completely, the cassette player will stop and then play that same side. If a tape fast forwards completely, the cassette player will play the other side of the tape, using the auto−reverse feature.

Compact Disc Player

If you want to fast forward or reverse through a compact disc track, push and hold in the fast forward or reverse button.

When you release the button, the compact disc player will resume playing.

AM

Push “AM” to turn on the radio and select the AM band. “AM” will appear on the display.

If the audio system is off, you can turn on the radio by pushing “AM”. Also, push

“AM” to switch from cassette or compact disc operation to radio operation.

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U) 157

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

CONTROL / MODE (Audio control and mode adjustment)

Manual tone adjustment function—

This knob is used to adjust the tone manually.

For low−pitch tone adjustment, push

“CONTROL / MODE” repeatedly until

“BAS” appears on the display. Then turn the knob to suit your preference.

The display will show the range from

“BAS −5” to “BAS 5”.

For middle−pitch tone adjustment, push

“CONTROL / MODE” repeatedly until “MId” appears on the display. Then turn the knob to suit your preference.

The display will show the range from “MId

−5” to “MId 5”.

For high−pitch tone adjustment, push

“CONTROL / MODE” repeatedly until

“TRE” appears on the display. Then turn the knob to suit your preference.

The display will show the range from

“TRE −5” to “TRE 5”.

Sound balance adjustment function—

This knob is also used to adjust the sound balance between the front and rear, and the right and left speakers.

For front/rear adjustment, push “CONTROL

/ MODE” repeatedly until “FAd” appears on the display. Then turn the knob to adjust the front/rear balance.

The display will show the range from

“FAd−F7” to “FAd−R7”.

For left/right adjustment, push “CONTROL

/ MODE” repeatedly until “BAL” appears on the display. Then turn the knob to adjust the left/right balance.

The display will show the range from

“BAL−L7” to “BAL−R7”.

CD (Compact Disc)

Push “CD” to switch from radio or cassette operation to compact disc operation.

If the audio system is off, you can turn on the compact disc player by pushing

“CD”. In both cases, a disc must already be loaded in the player.

When the audio is set into compact disc operation, the display shows the track or, track and disc number currently being played. Each time you push “CD”, the system changes to the automatic changer.

If the player malfunctions, your audio system will display one of the six following error messages.

If “WAIT” appears on the display, it indicates that the inside of the player unit may be too hot due to the very high ambient temperature. Remove the disc or magazine from the player and allow the player to cool down.

If “Err 1” appears on the display, it indicates the disc is dirty, damaged, or it was inserted up−side down. Clean the disc or insert it correctly.

If “Err 2” appears on the display, it indicates no disc is loaded inside the magazine. Insert a disc.

If “Err 3” or “Err 4” appears on the

display, it indicates there is a trouble inside the system. Eject the disc or magazine. Set the disc or magazine again.

If “OPEn” appears on the display, it indicates the compact disc auto changer lid is open. Close the compact disc auto changer lid.

If the malfunction is not rectified, take your vehicle to your Toyota dealer.

158 2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

DISC

ƝƜ

Compact disc auto changer only—

By using this button, you can select a disc you wish to listen to.

Push either side of the button until the number of the disc you want to listen to appears on the display.

Dolby r

B NR

If you are listening to a tape that was recorded with Dolby r

B Noise Reduction, push the button marked with the double−D symbol. The double−D symbol will appear on the display. Push the button again to turn off Dolby r

B NR.

The Dolby NR mode reduces tape noise by about 10 dB. For best sound reproduction, play your tapes with this button on or off according to the mode used for recording the tape.

: Dolby noise reduction manufactured under license from

Dolby Laboratories Licensing Corporation. “DOLBY” and the double D symbol are trademarks of Dolby Laboratories

Licensing Corporation.

FM1·2

Push “FM1·2” to turn on the radio and select the FM band. “FM1” or “FM2” will appear on the display. This system allows you to set twelve FM stations, two for each button.

If the audio system is off, you can turn on the radio by pushing “FM1·2”. Also, push “FM1·2” to switch from cassette or compact disc operation to radio operation.

PWR·VOL (Power and Volume)

Push “PWR·VOL” to turn the audio system on and off. Turn “PWR·VOL” to adjust the volume.

RAND (Random)

There are two random features—you can either listen to the tracks on all the compact discs in the magazine in random order, or only listen to the tracks on a specific compact disc in random order.

To randomly play the tracks on a disc:

Quickly push and release “ ”. “ ” will appear on the display. The disc you are listening to will play in random order.

If you hear a beep, you held the button too long, and the player will play all the tracks in the magazine in random order.

To turn off the random feature, push this button again.

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

Compact disc auto changer only—

To randomly play all the tracks in the magazine:

Push and hold “ ” until you hear a beep. “ ” will appear on the display and the player will perform all the tracks on all the discs in the magazine in random order. To turn off the random feature, push this button again.

RPT (Repeat)

Cassette Player

Push “ ” while the track is playing.

“ ” will appear on the display. When the track ends, it will automatically be rewound and replayed. This process will be continued until you push the button again to turn off the repeat feature.

There must be at least 3 seconds of blank space between tracks in order for the repeat feature to work correctly.

159

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

Compact Disc Player

There are two repeat features—You can either replay a disc track or a whole compact disc.

Repeating a track:

Quickly push and release “ ” while the track is playing. “ ” will appear on the display. If you hear a beep, you held the button too long, and the player will repeat the whole disc. When the track ends, it will automatically be replayed. This process will be continued until you push the button again to turn off the repeat feature.

Compact disc auto changer only—

Repeating a disc:

Push and hold “ ” until you hear a beep. “ ” will appear on the display.

The player will repeat all the tracks on the disc you are listening to. When the disc ends, the player will automatically go back to the top track of the disc and replay.

This process will be continued until you push the button again to turn off the repeat feature.

SCAN

Radio

You can either scan all the frequencies on a band or scan only the preset stations for that band.

To scan the preset stations:

Push and hold “SCAN” until you hear a beep. The radio will tune in the next preset station up the band, stay there for 5 seconds, and then move to the next preset station. To select a station, push

“SCAN” again.

To scan all the frequencies:

Quickly push and release “SCAN”. If you hear a beep, you held the button too long, and the radio will scan the preset stations. The radio will find the next station up the station band, stay there for 5 seconds, and then scan again. To select a station, push “SCAN” again.

Compact disc player

There are two scan features—you can either scan the tracks on a specific disc or scan the first tracks of all the discs in the magazine.

Scanning the tracks on a disc:

Quickly push and release “SCAN”. “SCAN” will appear on the display and the player will scan all the tracks on the disc you are listening to. If you hear a beep, you held the button too long, and the player will scan the first track of all the discs in the magazine. To select a track, push

“SCAN” again. If the player scanned all the tracks on the disc, it will stop scanning.

Compact disc auto changer only—

Scanning the first track of all the discs in the magazine:

Push “SCAN” until you hear a beep.

·SCAN” will appear on the display and the player will perform the first track of the next disc. To select a disc, push the “SCAN” again. If the player has scanned all the discs, it will stop scanning.

160 2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

SEEK (Seeking)

Radio

In the seek mode, the radio finds and plays the next station up or down the station band.

To seek a station, quickly push and release the “

Ɯ

” or “

Ɲ

” under the “SEEK”.

Do this again to find another station.

Cassette Player

By using this button, you can skip up or down to a different track.

You can skip up to nine tracks at a time.

Push the up or down side of the button.

“FF 1” or “REW 1” will appear on the display.

Next, push either side of the track button until the number on the display reaches the number of tracks you want to skip. If you push the button ten times, the skip feature will be turned off.

When counting the number of tracks you want to rewind, remember to count the current track as well. For example, if you want to rewind to a song that is two before the song you are listening to, push on the down side of the button until “REW

3” appears on the display.

If you have pushed the track button more than you wanted to, push the other side of the button. The track number will be reduced.

The track number you select is not valid if it is higher than the number of tracks remaining on the current cassette side.

D

After the beginning of the tape is reached, the player will automatically start playing the same side.

D

After the end of the tape is reached, the player will automatically reverse sides and start playing the other side.

There must be at least 3 seconds of blank space between tracks for the track button to work correctly. In addition, the feature may not work well with some spoken word, live, or classical recordings.

ST (Stereo reception) display

Your radio automatically changes to stereo reception when a stereo broadcast is received. “ST” appears on the display. If the signal becomes weak, the radio reduces the amount of channel separation to prevent the weak signal from creating noise.

If the signal becomes extremely weak, the radio switches from stereo to mono reception.

TAPE

Push “TAPE” to switch from radio or compact disc operation to cassette operation.

If the audio system is off, you can turn on the cassette player by pushing “TAPE”.

In both cases, a cassette must already be loaded in the player.

TRACK (Track up/down button):

Compact disc player

By using this button, you can skip up or down to a different track.

Push either side of the track button until the number of the track you want to listen to appears on the display. If you want to return to the beginning of the current track, push the down side of the button one time, quickly.

TUNE (Tuning)

Your Toyota has an electronic tuning radio

(ETR). Turn the knob clockwise to step up the frequency. Turn the knob counterclockwise to step down the frequency.

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U) 161

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

(Eject button)

Push this button to eject a compact disc.

After you turn the ignition to “LOCK”, you will be able to eject a disc but you will not be able to reinsert it.

DISC IN (Disc indicator)

When the compact disc is inserted, the disc indicator on the right side of “DISC

IN” turns on.

Car audio system operating hints

NOTICE

To ensure the correct audio system operation: z

Be careful not to spill beverages over the audio system.

z

Do not put anything other than a cassette tape or Compact Disc into the slot.

z

The use of cellular phone inside or near the vehicle may cause a noise from the speakers of the audio system which you are listening to.

However, this does not indicate a malfunction.

162

RADIO RECEPTION

Usually, a problem with radio reception does not mean there is a problem with your radio—it is just the normal result of conditions outside the vehicle.

For example, nearby buildings and terrain can interfere with FM reception. Power lines or telephone wires can interfere with

AM signals. And of course, radio signals have a limited range. The farther you are from a station, the weaker its signal will be. In addition, reception conditions change constantly as your vehicle moves.

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

Here are some common reception problems that probably do not indicate a problem with your radio:

FM

Fading and drifting stations—Generally, the effective range of FM is about 40 km (25 miles). Once outside this range, you may notice fading and drifting, which increase with the distance from the radio transmitter. They are often accompanied by distortion.

Multi−path—FM signals are reflective, making it possible for two signals to reach your antenna at the same time. If this happens, the signals will cancel each other out, causing a momentary flutter or loss of reception.

Static and fluttering—These occur when signals are blocked by buildings, trees, or other large objects. Increasing the bass level may reduce static and fluttering.

Station swapping—If the FM signal you are listening to is interrupted or weakened, and there is another strong station nearby on the FM band, your radio may tune in the second station until the original signal can be picked up again.

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

AM

Fading—AM broadcasts are reflected by the upper atmosphere—especially at night.

These reflected signals can interfere with those received directly from the radio station, causing the radio station to sound alternately strong and weak.

Station interference—When a reflected signal and a signal received directly from a radio station are very nearly the same frequency, they can interfere with each other, making it difficult to hear the broadcast.

Static—AM is easily affected by external sources of electrical noise, such as high tension power lines, lightening, or electrical motors. This results in static.

CARING FOR YOUR CASSETTE PLAYER

AND TAPES

For the best performance for your cassette player and tapes:

Clean the tape head and other parts regularly.

D

A dirty tape head or tape path can decrease sound quality and tangle your cassette tapes. The easiest way to clean them is by using a cleaning tape.

(A wet type is recommended.)

Use high−quality cassettes.

D

Low−quality cassette tapes can cause many problems, including poor sound, inconsistent playing speed, and constant auto−reversing. They can also get stuck or tangled in the cassette player.

D

Do not use a cassette if it has been damaged or tangled or if its label is peeling off.

D

Do not leave a cassette in the player if you are not listening to it, especially if it is hot outside.

D

Store cassettes in their cases and out of direct sunlight.

D

Avoid using cassettes with a total playing time longer than 100 minutes (50 minutes per side). The tape used in these cassettes is thin and could get stuck or tangled in the cassette player.

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

CARING FOR YOUR COMPACT DISC

PLAYER AND DISCS

D

Use only compact discs labeled as shown above. CD−R (CD−Recordable),

CD−RW (CD−Re−writable) and personal computer use CD−ROMs may not be playable on your compact disc player.

D

Your compact disc player is intended for use with 12 cm (4.7 in.) discs only.

D

Extremely high temperatures can keep your compact disc player from working.

On hot days, use the air conditioning to cool the vehicle interior before you listen to a disc.

D

Bumpy roads or other vibrations may make your compact disc player skip.

163

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

D

If moisture gets into your compact disc player, you may not hear any sound even though your compact disc player appears to be working. Remove the disc from the player and wait until it dries.

164 2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

D

Your automatic changer or compact disc player cannot play special shaped or low−quality compact discs such as those shown here. Do not use them as the changer or player could be damaged.

D

Handle compact discs carefully, especially when you are inserting them.

Hold them on the edge and do not bend them. Avoid getting fingerprints on them, particularly on the shiny side.

D

Dirt, scrapes, warping, pin holes, or other disc damage could cause the player to skip or to repeat a section of a track. (To see a pin hole, hold the disc up to the light.)

D

Remove discs from the compact disc player when you are not listening to them. Store them in their plastic cases away from moisture, heat, and direct sunlight.

To clean a compact disc: Wipe it with a soft, lint−free cloth that has been dampened with water. Wipe in a straight line from the center to the edge of the disc

(not in circles). Dry it with another soft, lint−free cloth. Do not use a conventional record cleaner or anti−static device.

CAUTION

Compact disc players use invisible laser beam which could cause hazardous radiation exposure if directed outside the unit. Be sure to operate the player correctly as instructed.

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U) 165

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

166 2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

SECTION

1

8

OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS AND

CONTROLS

Air conditioning system

Controls

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

168

Air flow selector settings

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

171

Operating tips

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

171

Side vents

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

174

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U) 167

Controls

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

1. “A/C” button (on some models)

2. Air intake selector

3. Air flow selector

4. Temperature selector

5. Fan speed selector

168 2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

Fan speed selector

Turn the knob to adjust the fan speed—to the right to increase, to the left to decrease.

Temperature selector

Turn the knob to adjust the temperature— to the right to warm, to the left to cool.

Air flow selector

Turn the knob to select the vents used for air flow.

1. Panel—Air flows mainly from the instrument panel vents.

2. Bi−level—Air flows from both the floor vents and the instrument panel vents.

3. Floor—Air flows mainly from the floor vents.

4. Floor/Windshield—Air flows mainly from the floor vents and windshield vents.

Turning the air flow selector to the floor/windshield position turns on the defogging function with the purpose of clearing the front view.

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

This position allows the air intake to select FRESH automatically. This is to clean up the front view more quickly.

If you want to return the setting to

RECIRCULATE mode, press the air intake selector button once again.

Vehicles with “A/C” button—

Press the “A/C” button for dehumidified heating or cooling. This setting clears the front view more quickly.

5. Windshield—Air flows mainly from the windshield vents.

Turning the air flow selector to the windshield position turns on the defogging function with the purpose of clearing the front view.

This position allows the air intake to select FRESH automatically. This is to clean up the front view more quickly.

If you want to return the setting to

RECIRCULATE mode, press the air intake selector button once again.

Vehicles with “A/C” button—

Press the “A/C” button for dehumidified heating or cooling. This setting clears the front view more quickly.

For details about air flow selector settings, see the illustration after “A/C” button.

169

Air intake selector

Press the button to select the air source.

1. Recirculate—Recirculates the air inside the vehicle.

2. Fresh—Draws outside air into the system.

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

“A/C” button (on some models)

To turn on the air conditioning, press the

“A/C” button. The “A/C” button indicator will come on. To turn the air conditioning off, press the button again.

170 2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

Air flow selector settings

Double cab models

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

Operating tips

D

To cool off your Toyota after it has been parked in the hot sun, drive with the windows open for a few minutes.

This vents the hot air, allowing the air conditioning to cool the interior more quickly.

D

Make sure the air intake grilles in front of the windshield are not blocked (by leaves or snow, for example).

D

On humid days, do not blow cold air on the windshield. The windshield could fog up because of the difference in air temperature on the inside and outside of the windshield.

D

Keep the area under the front seats clear to allow air to circulate throughout the vehicle.

D

On cold days, set the fan speed to high for a minute to help clear the intake ducts of snow or moisture. This can reduce the amount of fogging on the windows.

D

When driving on dusty roads, close all windows. If dust thrown up by the vehicle is still drawn into the vehicle after closing the windows, it is recommended that the air intake selector be set to

FRESH and the fan speed selector to any setting except “OFF”.

171

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

D

If following another vehicle on a dusty road, or driving in windy and dusty conditions, it is recommended that the air intake selector be temporarily set to

RECIRCULATE, which will close off the outside passage and prevent outside air and dust from entering the vehicle interior.

Heating

For best results, set controls to:

Fan speed—Any setting except “OFF”

Temperature—Towards WARM

(red zone)

Air intake—FRESH (outside air)

Air flow—FLOOR

Air conditioning—OFF

D

For quick heating, select recirculated air for a few minutes. To keep the windows from fogging, select fresh after the vehicle interior has been warmed.

D

Press the “A/C” button on for dehumidified heating.

D

Choose floor/windshield air flow to heat the vehicle interior while defrosting or defogging the windshield.

Air conditioning

For best results, set controls to:

Fan speed—Any setting except “OFF”

Temperature—Towards COLD

(blue zone)

Air intake—FRESH (outside air)

Air flow—PANEL

Air conditioning—ON

D

For quick cooling, move the air intake selector to recirculate for a few minutes.

Ventilation

For best results, set controls to:

Fan speed—Any setting except “OFF”

Temperature—Towards COLD

(blue zone)

Air intake—FRESH (outside air)

Air flow—PANEL

Air conditioning—OFF

172 2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

Defogging

The inside of the windshield

For best results, set controls to:

Fan speed—Any setting except “OFF”

Temperature—Towards WARM

(red zone) to heat;

COLD (blue zone) to cool

Air intake—FRESH (outside air)

Air flow—WINDSHIELD

Turning the air flow selector to the windshield or floor/windshield position turns on the defogging function with the purpose of clearing the front view.

When turning the air flow selector to windshield or floor/windshield position, the air intake selects FRESH automatically. This is to clean up the front view more quickly.

If you want to return the setting to

RECIRCULATE mode, press the air intake selector button once again.

Vehicles with “A/C” button—

Press the “A/C” button for dehumidified heating or cooling. This setting clears the front view more quickly.

D

On humid days, do not blow cold air on the windshield—the difference between the outside and inside temperatures could make the fogging worse.

Defrosting

The outside of the windshield

For best results, set controls to:

Fan speed—Any setting except “OFF”

Temperature—Towards WARM

(red zone)

Air intake—FRESH (outside air)

Air flow—WINDSHIELD

Turning the air flow selector to the windshield or floor/windshield position turns on the defogging function with the purpose of clearing the front view.

When turning the air flow selector to windshield or floor/windshield position, the air intake selects FRESH automatically. This is to clean up the front view more quickly.

If you want to return the setting to

RECIRCULATE mode, press the air intake selector button once again.

Vehicles with “A/C” button—

Press the “A/C” button for dehumidified heating or cooling. This setting clears the front view more quickly.

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

D

To heat the vehicle interior while defrosting the windshield, choose floor/ windshield air flow.

173

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

Side vents

If air flow control is not satisfactory, check the side vents. The side vents may be opened or closed as shown.

174 2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

SECTION

1

9

OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS AND

CONTROLS

Other equipment

Clock

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

176

Cigarette lighter and ashtray

Power outlets

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

176

177

Glove box

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

178

Auxiliary box

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

178

Rear console box

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

179

Front cup holder

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

180

Rear cup holder

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Grocery bag and cargo net hooks

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

182

183

Roof luggage carrier

Floor mat

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

184

185

Installing front license plate

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

185

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U) 175

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

Clock

If the electrical power source has been disconnected from the clock, the time display will automatically be set to 1:00 (one o’clock).

When the instrument panel lights are turned on, the brightness of the time indication will be reduced.

Cigarette lighter and ashtray

The digital clock indicates the time.

The key must be in the “ACC” or “ON” position.

To reset the hour: Push the “H” button.

To reset the minutes: Push the “M” button.

If quick adjustment to a full hour is desired, push the “:00” button.

For example, if the “:00” button is depressed when the time is between

1:01—1:29, the time will change to 1:00.

If the time is between 1:30—1:59, the time will change to 2:00.

176 2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

CIGARETTE LIGHTER

To use the cigarette lighter, press it in.

When it becomes heated, it automatically pops out ready for use.

If the engine is not running, the key must be in the “ACC” position.

Do not hold the cigarette lighter pressed in.

Use a Toyota genuine cigarette lighter or equivalent for replacement.

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

Power outlets

ASHTRAY

To use the ashtray, pull it out.

When finished with your cigarette, thoroughly extinguish it in the ashtray to prevent other cigarette butts from catching fire. After using the ashtray, push it back in completely.

To remove the ashtray, press down on the lock spring plate and pull out.

CAUTION

To reduce the chance of injury in case of an accident or sudden stop while driving, always completely close the ashtray after using it.

The power outlets are designed for power supply for car accessories.

The key must be in the “ACC” or “ON” position for the power outlets to be used.

NOTICE z

To prevent the fuse from being blown, do not use the electricity over the total vehicle capacity of

12V/120W.

z

To prevent the battery from being discharged, do not use the power outlets longer than necessary when the engine is not running.

z

Close the power outlet lids when the power outlets are not in use.

Inserting a foreign object other than the appropriate plug that fits the outlet, or allowing any liquid into the outlet may cause electrical failure or short circuits.

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U) 177

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

Glove box

Auxiliary box

(Xtra−cab models)

To open the glove box door, pull the lever.

On some models, the glove box light will come on when the glove box is open with the instrument panel lights on.

CAUTION

To reduce the chance of injury in case of an accident or a sudden stop, always keep the glove box door closed while driving.

178 2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

To use the box, do the following.

Pull up on the lock release lever and open the lid.

This box is equipped with a coin holder and a cassette tape holder.

1. Coin holder: To use it, push coins down into the holder. The coin holder is detachable.

To remove: Pull the coin holder straight up.

To install: Push the coin holder straight down.

2. Cassette tape holder: The dividing plate for the cassette tape holder is detachable.

CAUTION

To reduce the chance of injury in case of an accident or a sudden stop, always keep the auxiliary box closed while driving.

Rear console box

Upper box

Lower box

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

Rear box

UPPER BOX

To use the upper box, pull up on the lock release lever and open the lid.

This box is equipped with a coin holder. To use it, push coins down into the holder. The coin holder is detachable.

To remove: Pull the coin holder straight up.

To install: Push the coin holder straight down.

LOWER BOX

To use the lower box, rotate upper box up until it is fully back, then pull up the lock release lever, and open the lid.

REAR BOX

To use rear box, pull on the handle.

CAUTION

To reduce the chance of injury in case of an accident or a sudden stop while driving, keep the upper box, lower box and rear box closed when it is not in use.

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U) 179

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

Front cup holder (type A) Front cup holder (type B) Front cup holder (type C)

The cup holder is designed for holding cups or drink−cans securely.

CAUTION

Do not place anything else other than cups or drink−cans in the cup holder, as such items may be thrown about in the compartment and possibly injure people in the vehicle during sudden braking or in an accident.

The cup holder is designed for holding cups or drink−cans securely.

CAUTION

Do not place anything else other than cups or drink−cans in the cup holder, as such items may be thrown about in the compartment and possibly injure people in the vehicle during sudden braking or in an accident.

The cup holder is designed for holding cups or drink−cans securely.

To use the second cup holder, pull it out.

CAUTION

D

Do not use the second cup holder when you sliding the bench seat

(regular cab models) or move passenger’s seat for rear seat entry

(Xtra−cab models). The seat may interfere with second cup holder and the drink may spill over the occupants. If the spilled drink is hot, it may cause burns.

180 2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

D

Do not place anything else other than cups or drink−cans in the cup holder, as such items may be thrown about in the compartment and possibly injure people in the vehicle during sudden braking or in an accident.

D

To reduce the chance of injury in case of an accident or sudden stop while driving, keep the second cup holder closed when it is not in use.

NOTICE

Do not use the second cup holder

when you sliding the bench seat (reg- ular cab models) or move passenger’s seat for rear seat entry (Xtra−cab

models). The seat may interfere with the second cup holder and the spilled drink may cause a malfunction on the electrical components.

Front cup holder (type D)

D

Do not place anything else other than cups or drink−cans in the cup holder, as such items may be thrown about in the compartment and possibly injure people in the vehicle during sudden braking or in an accident.

D

To reduce the chance of injury in case of an accident or sudden stop while driving, keep the cup holder closed when it is not in use.

The cup holder is designed for holding cups or drink−cans securely.

The cup holder adjusts to different sized cups using its separator arms.

CAUTION

D

Do not use the cup holder when you sliding the bench seat (regular cab models) or move passenger’s seat for rear seat entry (Xtra−cab models). The seat may interfere with the cup holder and the drink may spill over the occupants. If the spilled drink is hot, it may cause burns.

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

NOTICE

Do not use the cup holder when you sliding the bench seat (regular cab models) or move passenger’s seat for rear seat entry (Xtra−cab models). The seat may interfere with the cup holder and the spilled drink may cause a malfunction on the electrical components.

181

Rear cup holder

(Xtra−cab models)

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

The cup holder is designed for holding cups fit securely.

To use the cup holder, raise the folding table under the right−rear seat. Stand the table by compressing and turning down the table legs.

CAUTION

D

Do not place anything else other than cups in the cup holder, as such item may be thrown about in the compartment and possibly injure people in the vehicle during sudden braking or an accident.

D

To reduce the chance of injury in case of an accident or sudden stop while driving, keep the cup holder closed when it is not in use.

Rear cup holder

(double cab models)

182 2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

Grocery bag and cargo net hooks (double cab models)

The cup holder is designed for holding cups or drink−cans securely.

To use the cup holder, pull it out.

CAUTION

D

Do not place anything else other than cups or drink−cans in the cup holder, as such items may be thrown about in the compartment and possibly injure people in the vehicle during sudden braking or in an accident.

D

To reduce the chance of injury in case of an accident or sudden stop while driving, keep the cup holder closed when it is not in use.

Use grocery bags

The hooks are designed to hang things like grocery bags and cargo nets, as shown in the illustration.

Although the cargo net itself is not included as an original equipment, these cargo net hooks can be used to hang the cargo net.

NOTICE

To prevent damage to the hook, avoid hanging heavy loads on it.

Use cargo net

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U) 183

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

Roof luggage carrier

The roof luggage carrier consists of roof rails (1) attached to the roof and sliding cross rails (2).

To adjust the positions of cross rails, do this.

1. Turn the knobs counterclockwise to loosen the cross rails.

2. Slide the cross rails to the desired position for loading the luggages of various sizes.

3. After adjusting, be sure to tighten the crossrails by turning knobs clockwise.

Follow the manufacture’s instructions and precautions when installing the attachments or their equivalent.

184

CAUTION

When you load cargo on the roof luggage carrier, observe the following:

D

Place the cargo on the center of the cross rails so that its weight can be distributed evenly between the front and rear axles.

D

If loading long or wide cargo, never exceed the vehicle overall length or width. (See “Dimensions and weight” in Section 8 for information on your vehicle overall length and width.)

D

Before driving, make sure the cargo is securely fastened on the roof luggage carrier.

D

Loading cargo on the roof luggage carrier will make the center of the vehicle gravity higher. Avoid high speeds, sudden starts, sharp turns, sudden braking or abrupt maneuvers, otherwise it may result in loss of control or vehicle rollover due to failure to operate this vehicle correctly.

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

D

If driving for a long distance, on rough roads, or at high speeds, stop the vehicle now and then during the trip to make sure the cargo remains in its place.

D

Do not exceed 45 kg (100 lb.) cargo weight on the roof luggage carrier.

NOTICE

When loading the luggages, be careful not to scratch the surface of the moon roof.

Floor mat

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

Installing front license plate

(four−wheel drive models and

Pre Runner)

Valance panel

Longer tapping screws

Use a floor mat of the correct size.

If the floor carpet and floor mat have a hole, then it is designed for use with a locking clip. Fix the floor mat with locking clip into the hole in the floor carpet.

CAUTION

Make sure the floor mat is properly placed on the floor carpet. If the floor mat slips and interferes with the movement of the pedals during driving, it may cause an accident.

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

Front license plate

Shorter tapping screws

Install the front license plate using the following procedure:

1. Remove and discard the front license plate frame (if installed on the vehicle at delivery).

2. Align the holes on the front license plate with the dimples on the valance panel.

3. Install the two longer tapping screws through the upper holes, and the two shorter tapping screws through the lower holes of the license plate, into the dimples on the valance panel.

Do not drill holes in the dimples on the valance panel.

185

The 4 tapping screws are enclosed in a plastic bag in the glove box. If your vehicle was not equipped with the screws at delivery, contact your Toyota dealer.

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

186 2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

SECTION

2

INFORMATION BEFORE DRIVING YOUR

TOYOTA

Off−road vehicle precautions

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

188

Break−in period

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

189

Fuel

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

189

Operation in foreign countries

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

191

Three−way catalytic converter

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

191

Engine exhaust cautions

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Facts about engine oil consumption

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

192

193

Twin ground electrode spark plugs

Brake system

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

194

194

Brake pad wear limit indicators

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

197

Luggage stowage precautions

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

198

Rear step bumper

Step side beds

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

198

199

Your Toyota’s identification

Suspension and chassis

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

199

200

Types of tires

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

201

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U) 187

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

Off−road vehicle precautions

(4WD models and Pre Runner)

188

This vehicle has higher ground clearance and narrower tread in relation to the height of its center of gravity to make it capable of performing in a wide variety of off−road applications. Specific design characteristics give it a higher center of gravity than ordinary passenger cars. This vehicle design feature causes this type of vehicle to be more likely to rollover. And, it has a significantly higher rollover rate than other types of vehicles. An advantage of the higher ground clearance is a better view of the road allowing you to anticipate problems. It is not designed for cornering at the same speeds as ordinary passenger cars any more than low−slung sports cars are designed to perform satisfactorily under off−road conditions. Therefore, sharp turns at excessive speeds may cause rollover.

CAUTION

Always observe the following precautions to minimize the risk of serious personal injury or damage to your vehicle:

D

In a rollover crash, an unbelted person is significantly more likely to die than a person wearing a seat belt. Therefore, the driver and all passengers should fasten their seat belts whenever the vehicle is moving.

D

Avoid sharp turns or abrupt maneuvers, if at all possible. Failure to operate this vehicle correctly may result in loss of control or vehicle rollover causing death or serious injury.

D

Loading cargo on the roof luggage carrier will make the center of the vehicle gravity higher. Avoid high speeds, sudden starts, sharp turns, sudden braking or abrupt maneuvers, otherwise it may result in loss of control or vehicle rollover due to failure to operate this vehicle correctly.

D

Always slow down in gusty crosswinds. Because of its profile and higher center of gravity, your vehicle is more sensitive to side winds than an ordinary passenger car. Slowing down will allow you to have much better control.

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

D

When driving off−road or in rugged terrain, do not drive at excessive speeds, jump, make sharp turns, strike objects, etc. This may cause loss of control or vehicle rollover causing death or serious injury. You are also risking expensive damage to your vehicle’s suspension and chassis.

D

Do not drive horizontally across steep slopes. Driving straight up or straight down is preferred. Your vehicle (or any similar off−road vehicle) can tip over sideways much more easily than forward or backward.

Break−in period

Drive gently and avoid high speeds.

Your vehicle does not need an elaborate break−in. But following a few simple tips for the first 1600 km (1000 miles) can add to the future economy and long life of your vehicle:

D

Do not drive over 88 km/h (55 mph).

D

Run the engine at moderate speed between 2000 and 4000 rpm.

D

Avoid full−throttle starts.

D

Try to avoid hard stops during the first

300 km (200 miles).

D

Do not drive slowly with the manual transmission in a high gear.

D

Do not drive for a long time at any single speed, either fast or slow.

D

Do not tow a trailer during the first 800 km (500 miles).

Fuel

FUEL TYPE

Your new vehicle must use only unleaded gasoline.

To help prevent gas station mix−ups, your

Toyota has a smaller fuel tank opening.

The special nozzle on pumps with unleaded fuel will fit it, but the larger standard nozzle on pumps with leaded gas will not.

At a minimum, the gasoline you use should meet specifications of ASTM

D4814 in the U.S.A. and CGSB 3.5−M93 in Canada.

NOTICE

Do not use leaded gasoline. Use of leaded gasoline will cause the three− way catalytic converter to lose its effectiveness and the emission control system to function improperly. Also, this can increase maintenance costs.

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U) 189

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

OCTANE RATING

Select Octane Rating 87 (Research Octane Number 91) or higher.

Use of unleaded gasoline with an octane rating or research octane number lower than stated above will cause persistent heavy knocking. If it is severe, this will lead to engine damage.

If your engine knocks...

If you detect heavy knocking even when using the recommended fuel, or if you hear steady knocking while holding a steady speed on level roads, consult your

Toyota dealer.

However, now and then, you may notice light knocking for a short time while accelerating or driving up hills. This is no need of concern.

GASOLINE CONTAINING DETERGENT

ADDITIVES

Toyota recommends the use of gasoline that contains detergent additives to avoid build−up of engine deposits.

However, all gasoline sold in the U.S.

contains detergent additives to keep clean and/or clean intake systems.

190

QUALITY GASOLINE

Automotive manufacturers in the U.S.,

Europe and Japan have developed a specification for quality fuel named

World−Wide Fuel Charter (WWFC) that is expected to be applied world wide.

The WWFC consists of three categories that depend on required emission levels. In the U.S., category 3 has been adopted. The WWFC improves air quality by providing for better emissions in vehicle fleets, and customer satisfaction through better vehicle performance.

CLEANER BURNING GASOLINE

Cleaner burning gasoline, including reformulated gasoline that contains oxygenates such as ethanol or MTBE is available in many areas.

Toyota recommends the use of cleaner burning gasoline and appropriately blended reformulated gasoline. These types of gasoline provide excellent vehicle performance, reduce vehicle emissions, and improve air quality.

OXYGENATES IN GASOLINE

Toyota allows the use of oxygenate blended gasoline where the oxygenate content is up to 10% ethanol or 15%

MTBE. If you use gasohol in your

Toyota, be sure that it has an octane rating no lower than 87.

Toyota does not recommend the use of gasoline containing methanol.

GASOLINE CONTAINING MMT

Some gasoline contain an octane enhancing additive called MMT (Methylcyclopentadienyl Manganese Tricarbonyl).

Toyota does not recommend the use of gasoline that contains MMT. If fuel containing MMT is used, your emission control system may be adversely affected.

The Malfunction Indicator Lamp on the instrument cluster may come on. If this happens, contact your Toyota dealer for service.

GASOLINE QUALITY

In a very few cases, you may experience driveability problems caused by the particular gasoline that you are using. If you continue to have unacceptable driveability, try changing gasoline brands. If this does not rectify your problem, then consult your

Toyota dealer.

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

NOTICE z

Do not use gasohol other than stated above. It will cause fuel system damage or vehicle performance problems.

z

If driveability problems occur (poor hot starting, vaporizing, engine knock, etc.), discontinue the use.

z

Take care not to spill gasohol during refueling. Gasohol may cause paint damage.

FUEL TANK CAPACITY

Two−wheel drive models except Pre Runner

60 L (16.0 gal., 13.3 Imp. gal.)

Four−wheel drive models and Pre Runner

70 L (18.5 gal., 15.4 Imp. gal.)

Operation in foreign countries

If you plan to drive your Toyota in another country...

First, comply with the vehicle registration laws.

Second, confirm the availability of the correct fuel (unleaded and minimum octane number).

Three−way catalytic converter

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

The three−way catalytic converter is an emission control device installed in the exhaust system.

The purpose is to reduce pollutants in the exhaust gas.

CAUTION

D

Keep people and combustible materials away from the exhaust pipe while the engine is running. The exhaust gas is very hot.

D

Do not drive, idle or park your vehicle over anything that might burn easily such as grass, leaves, paper or rags.

191

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

NOTICE

A large amount of unburned gases flowing into the three−way catalytic converter may cause it to overheat and create a fire hazard. To prevent this and other damage, observe the following precautions: z

Use only unleaded gasoline.

z

Do not drive with an extremely low fuel level; running out of fuel could cause the engine to misfire, creating an excessive load on the three− way catalytic converter.

z

Do not allow the engine to run at idle speed for more than 20 minutes.

z

Avoid racing the engine.

z

Do not push−start or pull−start your vehicle.

z

Do not turn off the ignition while the vehicle is moving.

z

Keep your engine in good running order. Malfunctions in the engine electrical system, electronic ignition system/distributor ignition system or fuel systems could cause an extremely high three−way catalytic converter temperature.

z

If the engine becomes difficult to start or stalls frequently, take your vehicle in for a check−up as soon as possible. Remember, your Toyota dealer knows your vehicle and its three−way catalytic converter system best.

z

To ensure that the three−way catalytic converter and the entire emission control system operate properly, your vehicle must receive the periodic inspections required by the

Toyota Maintenance Schedule. For scheduled maintenance information, refer to the “Scheduled Maintenance

Guide” or “Owner’s Manual Supplement”.

Engine exhaust cautions

CAUTION

D

Avoid inhaling the engine exhaust.

It contains carbon monoxide, which is a colorless and odorless gas. It can cause unconsciousness or even death.

D

Make sure the exhaust system has no holes or loose connections. The system should be checked from time to time. If you hit something, or notice a change in the sound of the exhaust, have the system checked immediately.

D

Do not run the engine in a garage or enclosed area except for the time needed to drive the vehicle in or out. The exhaust gases cannot escape, making this a particularly dangerous situation.

D

Do not remain for a long time in a parked vehicle with the engine running. If it is unavoidable, however, do so only in an unconfined area and adjust the heating or cooling system to force outside air into the vehicle.

192 2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

D

To allow proper operation of your vehicle’s ventilation system, keep the inlet grilles in front of the windshield clear of snow, leaves, or other obstructions.

D

If you smell exhaust fumes in the vehicle, drive with the windows open. Have the cause immediately located and corrected.

D

Toyota does not recommend occupying the rear cargo area when it is fitted with a slide−in camper, camper shell or other type cover while the engine is running. This caution applies to both driving and stopped or parked situations with the engine running. Particular care should be taken to prevent exhaust gases from entering camper bodies, trailers or other enclosures on or around your vehicle. If exhaust fumes are detected, open all windows and thoroughly ventilate the area.

Facts about engine oil consumption

FUNCTIONS OF ENGINE OIL

Engine oil has the primary functions of lubricating and cooling the inside of the engine, and plays a major role in maintaining the engine in proper working order.

ENGINE OIL CONSUMPTION

It is normal that an engine should consume some engine oil during normal engine operation. The causes of oil consumption in a normal engine are as follows.

D

Oil is used to lubricate pistons, piston rings and cylinders. A thin film of oil is left on the cylinder wall when a piston moves downwards in the cylinder.

High negative pressure generated when the vehicle is decelerating sucks some of this oil into the combustion chamber.

This oil as well as some part of the oil film left on the cylinder wall is burned by the high temperature combustion gases during the combustion process.

D

Oil is also used to lubricate the stems of the intake valves. Some of this oil is sucked into the combustion chamber together with the intake air and is burned along with the fuel. High temperature exhaust gases also burn the oil used to lubricate the exhaust valve stems.

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

The amount of engine oil consumed depends on the viscosity of the oil, the quality of the oil and the conditions the vehicle is driven under.

More oil is consumed by high−speed driving and frequent acceleration and deceleration.

A new engine consumes more oil, since its pistons, piston rings and cylinder walls have not become conditioned.

When judging the amount of oil consumption, note that the oil may become diluted and make it difficult to judge the true level accurately.

As an example, if a vehicle is used for repeated short trips, and consumes a normal amount of oil, the dipstick may not show any drop in the oil level at all, even after 1000 km (600 miles) or more. This is because the oil is gradually becoming diluted with fuel or moisture, making it appear that the oil level has not changed.

The diluting ingredients evaporate out when the vehicle is then driven at high speeds, as on an expressway, making it appear that oil is excessively consumed after driving at high speeds.

193

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

IMPORTANCE OF ENGINE OIL LEVEL

CHECK

One of the most important points in proper vehicle maintenance is to keep the engine oil at the optimum level so that oil function will not be impaired. Therefore, it is essential that the oil level be checked regularly. Toyota recommends that the oil level be checked every time you refuel the vehicle.

NOTICE

Failure to check the oil level regularly could lead to serious engine trouble due to insufficient oil.

For detailed information on oil level check, see “Checking the engine oil level” in Section 7−2.

Twin ground electrode spark plugs (5VZ−FE engine) Brake system

The tandem master cylinder brake system is a hydraulic system with two separate sub−systems. If either sub−system should fail, the other will still work. However, the pedal will be harder to press, and your stopping distance will be longer. Also, the brake system warning light may come on.

CAUTION

Do not drive your vehicle with only a single brake system. Have your brakes fixed immediately.

Your engine is fitted with twin ground electrode spark plugs.

NOTICE

Use only twin ground electrode spark plugs for your engine performance.

BRAKE BOOSTER

The brake booster uses engine vacuum to power−assist the brakes. If the engine should quit while you are driving, you can bring the vehicle to a stop with normal pedal pressure. There is enough reserved vacuum for one or two stops—but no more!

194 2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

CAUTION

D

Do not pump the brake pedal if the engine stalls. Each push on the pedal uses up your reserved vacuum.

D

Even if the power assist is completely lost, the brakes will still work. But you will have to push the pedal hard, much harder than normal. And your braking distance will be longer.

ANTI−LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM

(with “ABS” warning light)

The anti−lock brake system is designed to help prevent lock−up of the wheels during a sudden braking or braking on slippery road surfaces. This assists in providing directional stability and steering performance of the vehicle under these circumstances.

Effective way to press the ABS brake

pedal: When the anti−lock brake system function is in action, you may feel the brake pedal pulsating and hear a noise.

In this situation, to let the anti−lock brake system work for you, just hold the brake pedal down more firmly. Do not pump the brake in a panic stop. This will result in reduced braking performance.

The anti−lock brake system becomes operative after the vehicle has accelerated to a speed in excess of approximately 10 km/h (6 mph). It stops operating when the vehicle decelerates to a speed below approximately 5 km/h (3 mph).

Depressing the brake pedal on slippery road surfaces such as on the manhole cover, the steel plate under the construction, joints in the bridge, etc. on a rainy day tends to activate the anti−lock brake system.

You may hear a click or motor sound in the engine compartment for a few seconds when the engine is started or just after the vehicle is started. This means that the anti−lock brake system is in the self− check mode, and does not indicate a malfunction.

When the anti−lock brake system is activated, the following conditions may occur. They do not indicate a malfunction of the system:

D

You may hear the anti−lock brake system operating and feel the brake pedal pulsating and the vibrations of the vehicle body and steering wheel. You may also hear the motor sound in the engine compartment even after the vehicle is stopped.

D

At the end of the anti−lock brake system activation, the brake pedal may move a little forward.

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U) 195

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

CAUTION

Do not overestimate the anti−lock brake system: Although the anti−lock brake system assists in providing vehicle control, it is still important to drive with all due care and maintain a moderate speed and safe distance from the vehicle in front of you, because there are limits to the vehicle stability and effectiveness of steering wheel operation even with the anti− lock brake system on.

If tires grip performance exceeds its capability, or if hydroplaning occurs during high speed driving in the rain, the anti−lock brake system does not provide vehicle control.

Anti−lock brake system is not designed to shorten the stopping distance: Always drive at the moderate speed and maintain a safe distance from the vehicle in front of you.

Compared with vehicles without an anti−lock brake system, your vehicle may require a longer stopping distance in the following cases:

D

Driving on rough, gravel or snow− covered roads.

196

D

Driving with tire chains installed.

D

Driving over the steps such as the joints on the road.

D

Driving on roads where the road surface is pitted or has other differences in surface height.

Install all 4 tires of specified size at appropriate pressure: The anti−lock brake system detects vehicle speeds using the speed sensors for respective wheels’ turning speeds. The use of tires other than specified may fail to detect the accurate turning speed resulting in a longer stopping distance.

Type A

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

Type B

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

Brake pad wear limit indicators

“ABS” warning light

The light comes on when the ignition key is turned to the “ON” position. If the anti− lock brake system works properly, the light turns off after a few seconds. Thereafter, if the system malfunctions, the light comes on again.

When the “ABS” warning light is on (and the brake system warning light is off), the anti−lock brake system does not operate, but the brake system still operates conventionally.

When the “ABS” warning light is on (and the brake system warning light is off), the anti−lock brake system does not operate so that the wheels could lock up during a sudden braking or braking on slippery road surfaces.

If either of the following conditions occurs, this indicates a malfunction somewhere in the parts monitored by the warning light system. Contact your

Toyota dealer as soon as possible to service the vehicle.

D

The light does not come on when the ignition key is turned to the “ON” position, or the light remains on.

D

The light comes on while you are driving.

A warning light turning on briefly during operation does not indicate a problem.

With rear differential lock: However, it is a normal operation for the light to be on with rear differential locked. At this time, the anti−lock brake system does not operate.

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

The brake pad wear limit indicators on your disc brakes give a warning noise when the brake pads are worn to where replacement is required.

If you hear a squealing or scraping noise while driving, have the brake pads checked and replaced by your Toyota dealer as soon as possible. Expensive rotor damage can result if the pads are not replaced when necessary.

197

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

Luggage stowage precautions

When stowing luggage or cargo in the vehicle, observe the following:

D

Put luggage or cargo in the rear deck when at all possible. Be sure all items are secured in place.

D

Be careful to keep the vehicle balanced. Locating the weight as far forward as possible helps maintain balance.

D

For better fuel economy, do not carry unneeded weight.

D

To prevent luggage or packages from sliding forward during braking, do not stack anything behind the front seats higher than the seatbacks (Xtra−cab and double cab models). Keep luggage or packages low, as close to the floor as possible.

D

Never allow anyone to ride in the rear deck. It is not designed for passengers. They should ride in their seats with their seat belts properly fastened. Otherwise, they are much more likely to suffer serious bodily injury, in the event of sudden braking or a collision.

198

CAUTION

D

Do not drive with objects left on top of the instrument panel. They may interfere with the driver’s field of view. Or they may move during sharp vehicle acceleration or turning, and impair the driver’s control of the vehicle. In an accident they may injure the vehicle occupants.

NOTICE

Do not load the vehicle beyond the cargo weight specified in Section 8.

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

Rear step bumper

The rear step bumper is for rear end protection and easier step−up loading.

CAUTION

D

Do not allow more than one person to get on the rear step bumper at a time. It is designed for only one person.

D

Never drive the vehicle with anyone on the rear step bumper.

D

Do not stand on the rear step bumper while the vehicle is moving.

Step side beds

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

Your Toyota’s identification—

—Vehicle identification number

The side step is for easier step−up loading.

CAUTION

For models equipped with step side beds:

D

Do not allow more than one person to get on the side step. Do not exceed the maximum weight limit of

136 kg (300 lb.) on the side step.

D

Never drive the vehicle with anyone on the side steps.

D

Do not stand on the side steps while the vehicle is moving.

The vehicle identification number (VIN) is the legal identifier for your vehicle.

This number is on the left top of the instrument panel, and can be seen through the windshield from outside.

This is the primary identification number for your Toyota. It is used in registering the ownership of your vehicle.

The vehicle identification number (VIN) is also on the Certification Label.

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U) 199

—Engine number

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

The engine number is stamped on the engine block as shown.

Suspension and chassis

CAUTION

Do not modify the suspension/chassis with lift kits, spacers, springs, etc. It can cause dangerous handling characteristics, resulting in loss of control.

2RZ−FE and 3RZ−FE engines

5VZ−FE engine

200 2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

Types of tires

Determine sure what kind of tires your vehicle is originally equipped with.

1. Summer tires

Summer tires are high−speed capability tires best suited to highway driving under dry conditions.

Since summer tires do not have the same traction performance as snow tires, summer tires are inadequate for driving on snow−covered or icy roads. For driving on snow−covered or icy roads, we recommend using snow tires. If installing snow tires, be sure to replace all four tires.

2. All season tires

All season tires are designed to provide better traction in snow and to be adequate for driving in most winter conditions, as well as for use all year round.

All season tires, however, do not have adequate traction performance compared with snow tires in heavy or loose snow.

Also, all season tires fall short in acceleration and handling performance compared with summer tires in highway driving.

CAUTION

D

Do not mix summer and all season tires on your vehicle as this can cause dangerous handling characteristics, resulting in loss of control.

D

Do not use tires other than the manufacture’s designated tires, and never mix tires or wheels of the sizes different from the originals.

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U) 201

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

202 2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

SECTION

3

STARTING AND DRIVING

Before starting the engine

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

204

How to start the engine

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

204

Tips for driving in various conditions

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

205

Off−road driving precautions

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

206

Winter driving tips

Dinghy towing

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

208

209

Trailer towing

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

209

How to save fuel and make your vehicle last longer

. . . . . . . . . . . . .

215

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U) 203

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

Before starting the engine

1. Check the area around the vehicle before entering it.

2. Adjust seat position, seatback angle, seat cushion angle, head restraint height and steering wheel angle.

3. Adjust the inside and outside rear view mirrors.

4. Lock all doors.

5. Fasten seat belts.

How to start the engine—

(a) Before cranking

1. Apply the parking brake firmly.

2. Turn off unnecessary lights and accessories.

3. Manual transmission: Press the clutch pedal to the floor and shift the transmission into neutral. Hold the clutch pedal to the floor until the engine is started. A starter safety device will prevent the starter from operating if the clutch pedal is not fully depressed.

Automatic transmission: Put the selector lever in “P”. If you need to restart the engine while the vehicle is moving, put the selector lever in “N”.

A starter safety device will prevent the starter from operating if the selector lever is in any drive position.

4. Automatic transmission only: Depress the brake pedal and hold it to the floor until driving off.

(b) Starting the engine

Before starting the engine, be sure to follow the instructions in “(a) Before cranking”.

Normal starting procedure

The multiport fuel injection system/sequential multiport fuel injection system in your engine automatically controls the proper air−fuel mixture for starting. You can start a cold or hot engine as follows:

1. With your foot off the accelerator pedal, crank the engine by turning the key to “START”. Release it when the engine starts.

2. After the engine runs for about 10 seconds, you are ready to drive.

If the weather is below freezing, let the engine warm up for a few minutes before driving.

If the engine stalls...

Simply restart it, using the correct procedure given in normal starting.

If the engine will not start...

See “If your vehicle will not start” in Section 4.

204 2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

NOTICE z

Do not crank for more than 30 seconds at a time. This may overheat the starter and wiring systems.

z

Do not race a cold engine.

z

If the engine becomes difficult to start or stalls frequently, have the engine checked immediately.

Tips for driving in various conditions

D

Always slow down in gusty crosswinds.

This will allow you much better control.

D

Drive slowly onto curbs and, if possible, at a right angle. Avoid driving onto high, sharp−edged objects and other road hazards. Failure to do so can lead to severe tire damage resulting in tire bursts.

Drive slowly when passing over bumps or travelling on a bumpy road. Otherwise, the impact could cause severe damage to the tires and/or wheels.

D

When parking on a hill, turn the front wheels until they touch the curb so that the vehicle will not roll. Apply the parking brake, and place the transmission in “P” (automatic) or in first or reverse (manual). If necessary, block the wheels.

D

Washing your vehicle or driving through deep water may get the brakes wet. To see whether they are wet, check that there is no traffic near you, and then press the pedal lightly. If you do not feel a normal braking force, the brakes are probably wet. To dry them, drive the vehicle cautiously while lightly pressing the brake pedal with the parking brake applied. If they still do not work safely, pull to the side of the road and call a Toyota dealer for assistance.

D

Four−wheel drive models—Toyota recommends not using four−wheel drive on dry hard−surfaced roads, because four− wheel driving will cause unnecessary noise and wear, and poor fuel economy.

D

Four−wheel drive models—In cold temperatures, noise may occur when driving in two−wheel drive before the transfer is warmed up. Therefore, first drive in four−wheel drive until the transfer is warmed up.

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U) 205

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

CAUTION

D

Before driving off, make sure that the parking brake is fully released and the parking brake reminder light is off.

D

Do not leave your vehicle unattended while the engine is running.

D

Do not rest your foot on the brake pedal while driving. It can cause dangerous overheating, needless wear, and poor fuel economy.

D

Be careful when accelerating, upshifting, downshifting or braking on a slippery surface. Sudden acceleration or engine braking, could cause the vehicle to spin or skid.

D

To drive down a long or steep hill, reduce your speed and downshift.

Remember, if you ride the brakes excessively, they may overheat and not work properly.

206

D

Do not continue normal driving when the brakes are wet. If they are wet, your vehicle will require a longer stopping distance, and it may pull to one side when the brakes are applied. Also, the parking brake will not hold the vehicle securely.

D

Do not drive in excess of the speed limit. Even if the legal speed limit permits it, do not drive over 140 km/h (85 mph) unless your vehicle has high−speed capability tires.

Driving over 140 km/h (85 mph) may result in tire failure, loss of control and possible injury. Be sure to consult a tire dealer to determine whether the tires on your vehicle are high−speed capability tires or not before driving at such speeds.

Off−road driving precautions

(4WD models and Pre Runner)

When driving your vehicle off−road, please observe the following precautions to ensure your driving enjoyment and to help prevent the closure of areas to off−road vehicles.

a. Drive your vehicle only in areas where off−road vehicles are permitted to travel.

b. Respect private property. Get owner’s permission before entering private property.

c. Do not enter areas that are closed.

Honor gates, barriers and signs that restrict travel.

d. Stay on established roads. When conditions are wet, driving techniques should be changed or travel delayed to prevent damage to roads.

For owners in U.S. mainland, Hawaii and

Puerto Rico:

To obtain additional information pertaining to driving your vehicle off−road, consult the following organizations.

D

State and Local Parks and Recreation

Departments

D

State Motor Vehicle Bureau

D

Recreational Vehicle Clubs

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

D

U.S. Forest Service and Bureau of

Land Management

CAUTION

Always observe the following precautions to minimize the risk of serious personal injury or damage to your vehicle:

D

Drive carefully when off the road.

Do not take unnecessary risks by driving in dangerous places.

D

Do not grip the steering wheel spokes when driving off−road. A bad bump could jerk the wheel and injure your hands. Keep both hands and especially your thumbs on the outside of the rim.

D

Always check your brakes for effectiveness immediately after driving in sand, mud, water or snow.

D

After driving through tall grass, mud, rock, sand, rivers, etc., check that there is no grass, bush, paper, rags, stone, sand, etc. adhering or trapped on the underbody. Clear off any such matter from the underbody. If the vehicle is used with these materials trapped or adhering to the underbody, a breakdown or fire could occur.

D

In a rollover crash, an unbelted person is significantly more likely to die than a person wearing a seat belt. Therefore, the driver and all passengers should fasten their seat belts whenever the vehicle is moving.

D

When driving off−road or in rugged terrain, do not drive at excessive speeds, jump, make sharp turns, strike objects, etc. This may cause loss of control or vehicle rollover causing death or serious injury. You are also risking expensive damage to your vehicle’s suspension and chassis.

NOTICE z

If driving through water, such as when crossing shallow streams, first check the depth of the water and the bottom of the river bed for firmness. Drive slowly and avoid deep water.

z

Take all necessary safety measures to ensure that water damage to the engine or other components does not occur.

Water entering the engine air intake will cause severe engine damage.

Water can wash the grease from wheel bearings, causing rusting and premature failure, and may also enter the differentials, transmission and transfer case, reducing the gear oil’s lubricating qualities.

z

Sand and mud that has accumulated in brake drums and around brake discs may affect braking efficiency and may damage brake system components.

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U) 207

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109) z

Always perform a maintenance inspection after each day of off−road driving that has taken you through rough terrain, sand, mud, or water.

For scheduled maintenance information, refer to the “Scheduled

Maintenance Guide” or “Owner’s

Manual Supplement”.

Winter driving tips

Make sure you have a proper freeze protection of engine coolant.

Your coolant must contain ethylene−glycol type coolant for a proper corrosion protection of aluminum components. Use

“TOYOTA Long Life Coolant” or equivalent.

See Section 7−2 for details about coolant type selection.

NOTICE

Do not use alcohol type antifreeze or plain water alone.

When it is extremely cold, we recommend to use 60% solution for your Toyota, to provide protection down to about −50

_

C

(−58

_

F). Do not use more than 70% solution for better coolant performance.

Check the condition of the battery and cables.

Cold temperatures reduce the capacity of any battery, so it must be in top shape to provide enough power for winter starting. Section 7−3 tells you how to visually inspect the battery. Your Toyota dealer and most service stations will be pleased to check the level of charge.

Make sure the engine oil viscosity is suitable for the cold weather.

See Section 7−2 for recommended viscosity. Leaving a heavy summer oil in your vehicle during winter months may cause harder starting. If you are not sure about which oil to use, call your Toyota dealer—he will be pleased to help.

Keep the door locks from freezing.

Squirt lock de−icer or glycerine into the locks to keep them from freezing. To open a frozen lock, try heating the key before inserting it.

Use a washer fluid containing an ant− freeze solution.

This product is available at your Toyota dealer and most auto parts stores. Follow the manufacturer’s directions for how much to mix with water.

NOTICE

Do not use engine antifreeze or any other substitute because it may damage your vehicle’s paint.

208 2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

Dinghy towing

Do not use your parking brake when there is a possibility it could freeze.

When parking, put the transmission into

“P” (automatic) or into first or reverse

(manual) and block the front wheels. Do not use the parking brake, or snow or water accumulated in and around the parking brake mechanism may freeze, making it hard to release.

Keep ice and snow from accumulating under the fenders.

Ice and snow built up under your fenders can make steering difficult. During bad winter driving, stop and check under the fenders occasionally.

Depending on where you are driving, we recommend you carry some emergency equipment.

Some of the things you might put in the vehicle are tire chains, window scraper, bag of sand or salt, flares, small shovel, jumper cables, etc.

Your vehicle is not designed to be dinghy towed (with four wheels on the ground) behind a motorhome.

NOTICE

Do not tow your vehicle with four wheels on the ground. This may cause serious damage to your vehicle.

Trailer towing

Your vehicle is designed primarily as a passenger−and−load−carrying vehicle. Towing a trailer will have an adverse effect on handling, performance, braking, durability and driving economy (fuel consumption, etc.). Your safety and satisfaction depend on the proper use of correct equipment and cautious driving habits. For your safety and the safety of others, you must not overload your vehicle or trailer. Ask your local Toyota dealer for further details before towing.

WEIGHT LIMITS

Before towing, make sure the total trailer weight, gross combination weight, gross vehicle weight, gross axle weight and trailer tongue load are all within the limits.

The total trailer weight and tongue load can be measured with platform scales found at a highway weighing station, building supply company, trucking company, junk yard, etc.

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U) 209

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

CAUTION

D

The maximum gross trailer weight

(trailer weight plus cargo weight) must never exceed the following.

Two−wheel drive models except

Pre Runner

2RZ−FE and 5VZ−FE engines

1587 kg (3500 lb.)

Four−wheel drive models and Pre

Runner

3RZ−FE engine

1587 kg (3500 lb.)

5VZ−FE engine

Without towing package

1587 kg (3500 lb.)

With towing package

2721 kg (6000 lb.)

If towing a trailer and cargo weighing over 907 kg (2000 lb.), it is necessary to use a sway control device with sufficient capacity. The combination of the gross trailer weight added to the total weight of the vehicle, occupants and vehicle cargo must never exceed a total of the following.

Two−wheel drive models except Pre

Runner

2RZ−FE engine

3035 kg (6700 lb.)

5VZ−FE engine

3080 kg (6800 lb.)

Four−wheel drive models and Pre

Runner

3RZ−FE engine

3355 kg (7400 lb.)

5VZ−FE engine

Without towing package

3401 kg (7500 lb.)

With towing package

4535 kg (10000 lb.)

Exceeding the maximum weight of the trailer, the vehicle, or the vehicle and trailer combination, can cause an accident resulting in serious personal injuries.

D

Trailer hitch assemblies have different weight capacities established by the hitch manufacturer. Even though the vehicle may be physically capable of towing a higher weight, the operator must determine the maximum weight rating of the particular hitch assembly and never exceed the maximum weight rating specified for the trailer−hitch. Exceeding the maximum weight rating set by the trailer hitch manufacturer can cause an accident resulting in serious personal injuries.

210 2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

D

The gross vehicle weight must not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight

Rating (GVWR) indicated on the

Certification Label. The gross vehicle weight is the sum of weights of the unloaded vehicle, driver, passengers, luggage, hitch and trailer tongue load. It also includes the weight of any special equipment installed on your vehicle.

D

The load on either the front or rear axle resulting from distribution of the gross vehicle weight on both axles must not exceed the Gross

Axle Weight Rating (GAWR) listed on the Certification Label.

Total trailer weight Tongue load

Tongue load

Total trailer weight

100 = 9 to 11%

D

The trailer cargo load should be distributed so that the tongue load is

9 to 11% of the total trailer weight, not exceeding the maximum load of the following.

Without towing package

158 kg (350 lb.)

With towing package

272 kg (600 lb.)

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

However, if towing with a fifth wheel trailer, the cargo load must be distributed so that the tongue load is 19 to 21% of the total trailer weight. Never load the trailer with more weight in the back than in the front. About 60% of the trailer load should be in the front half of the trailer and the remaining 40% in the rear.

HITCHES

D

Use only a weight carrying hitch designed for the total trailer weight.

Toyota does not recommend using a weight distribution (load equalizing) hitch.

D

The hitch must be bolted securely to the vehicle frame and installed according to the hitch manufacturer’s instructions.

D

If using a fifth wheel hitch, the center of the king pin must be forward of the axis of the vehicle’s rear wheels, and installed according to the manufacturer’s instructions.

D

The hitch ball and king pin should have a light coat of grease.

211

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

D

Toyota recommends that the trailer hitch, except fifth wheel hitch, be removed when not towing to prevent injury and/or damage by the hitch in event of a rear end collision. After removing the hitch, the installation area should be sealed to prevent entry of exhaust fumes and mud.

NOTICE

Do not use an axle−mounting hitch as it may cause damage to the axle housing, wheel bearings, wheels and/ or tires.

BRAKES AND SAFETY CHAINS

D

Toyota recommends trailers with brakes that conform to any applicable federal and state/provincial regulations.

D

A safety chain must always be used between the towing vehicle and the trailer. Leave sufficient slack in the chain for turns. The chain should cross under the trailer tongue to prevent the tongue from dropping to the ground in case it becomes damaged or separated. For correct safety chain procedures, follow the hitch or trailer manufacturer’s recommendations.

CAUTION

D

If the total trailer weight exceeds

453 kg (1000 lb.), trailer brakes are required.

D

Never tap into your vehicle’s hydraulic system as it would lower its braking effectiveness.

D

Never tow a trailer without using a safety chain securely attached to both the trailer and the vehicle. If damage occurs to the coupling unit or hitch ball, there is danger of the trailer wandering over into another lane.

TIRES

D

Ensure that your vehicle’s tires are properly inflated. See Section 7−2 for instructions.

D

The trailer tires should be inflated to the pressure recommended by the trailer manufacturer in respect to the total trailer weight.

TRAILER LIGHTS

D

Trailer lights must comply with federal, state/provincial and local regulations.

See your local recreational vehicle dealer or rental agency for the correct type of wiring and relays for your trailer. Check for correct operation of the turn signals and stop lights each time you hitch up. Direct splicing may damage your vehicle’s electrical system and cause a malfunction of your lights.

BREAK−IN SCHEDULE

D

Toyota recommends that you do not tow a trailer with a new vehicle or a vehicle with any new power train component (engine, transmission, differential, wheel bearing, etc.) for the first

800 km (500 miles) of driving.

MAINTENANCE

D

If you tow a trailer, your vehicle will require more frequent maintenance due to the additional load. For this information, please refer to the scheduled maintenance information in the “Scheduled Maintenance Guide” or “Owner’s

Manual Supplement”.

D

Retighten all fixing bolts of the towing ball and bracket after approximately

1000 km (600 miles) of trailer driving.

212 2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

PRE−TOWING SAFETY CHECK

D

Check that your vehicle remains level when a loaded or unloaded trailer is hitched. Do not drive if the vehicle has an abnormal nose−up or nose−down condition, and check for improper tongue load, overload, worn suspension or other possible causes.

D

Make sure the trailer cargo is securely loaded so that it cannot shift.

D

Check that your rear view mirrors conform to any applicable federal, state/ provincial or local regulations. If not, install the rear view mirrors required for towing purpose.

TRAILER TOWING TIPS

When towing a trailer, your vehicle will handle differently than when not towing. The three main causes of vehicle− trailer accidents are driver error, excessive speed and improper trailer loading.

Keep these in mind when towing:

D

Before starting out, check operation of the lights and all vehicle−trailer connections. After driving a short distance, stop and recheck the lights and connections. Before actually towing a trailer, practice turning, stopping and backing with a trailer in an area away from traffic until you learn the feel.

D

Backing with a trailer is difficult and requires practice. Grip the bottom of the steering wheel and move your hand to the left to move the trailer to the left. Move your hand to the right to move the trailer to the right. (This procedure is generally opposite to that when backing without a trailer). Also, just turn the steering wheel a little at a time, avoiding sharp or prolonged turning. Have someone guide you when backing to reduce the risk of an accident.

D

Because stopping distance may be increased, vehicle−to−vehicle distance should be increased when towing a trailer. For each 16 km/h (10 mph) of speed, allow at least one vehicle and trailer length between you and the vehicle ahead. Avoid sudden braking as you may skid, resulting in jackknifing and loss of control. This is especially true on wet or slippery surfaces.

D

Avoid jerky starts or sudden acceleration. If your vehicle has a manual transmission, prevent excessive clutch slippage by keeping engine rpm low and not racing the engine. Always start out in first gear.

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

D

Avoid jerky steering and sharp turns.

The trailer could hit your vehicle in a tight turn. Slow down before making a turn to avoid the necessity of sudden braking.

D

Remember that when making a turn, the trailer wheels will be closer than the vehicle wheels to the inside of the turn. Therefore, compensate for this by making a larger than normal turning radius with your vehicle.

D

Crosswinds and rough roads will adversely affect handling of your vehicle and trailer, causing sway. Pay attention to the rear from time to time to prepare yourself for being passed by large trucks or buses, which may cause your vehicle and trailer to sway. If swaying happens, firmly grip the steering wheel and reduce speed immediately but gradually. Never increase speed. Steer straight ahead. If you make no extreme correction with the steering or brakes, the vehicle and trailer will stabilize.

D

Be careful when passing other vehicles. Passing requires considerable distance. After passing a vehicle, do not forget the length of your trailer and be sure you have plenty of room before changing lanes.

213

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

D

In order to maintain engine braking efficiency, do not use fifth gear (manual transmission) or overdrive (automatic transmission).

D

Because of the added load of the trailer, your vehicle’s engine may overheat on hot days (at temperatures over

30

_

C [85

_

F]) when going up a long or steep grade with a trailer. If the engine coolant temperature gauge indicates overheating, immediately turn off the air conditioning (if in use), pull off the road and stop in a safe spot. Refer to “If your vehicle overheats” in Section 4.

D

Always place wheel blocks under both the vehicle and trailer wheels when parking. Apply the parking brake firmly.

Put the transmission in “P” (automatic) or in first or reverse (manual). Avoid parking on a slope with a trailer, but if it cannot be avoided, do so only after performing the following:

1. Apply the brakes and hold.

2. Have someone place wheel blocks under both the vehicle and trailer wheels.

3. When the wheel blocks are in place, release your brakes slowly until the blocks absorb the load.

4. Apply the parking brake firmly.

5. Shift into first or reverse (manual) or

“P” (automatic) and turn off the engine.

When restarting out after parking on a slope:

1. With the transmission in “P” position

(automatic) or the clutch pedal depressed (manual), start the engine.

(With an automatic transmission, be sure to keep the brake pedal depressed.)

2. Shift into gear.

3. Release the parking brake (also foot brake on automatic transmission vehicles) and slowly pull or back away from the wheel blocks. Stop and apply your brakes.

4. Have someone retrieve the blocks.

CAUTION

D

Do not exceed 72 km/h (45 mph) or the posted towing speed limit, whichever is lower. Because instability (swaying) of a towing vehicle− trailer combination usually increases as the speed increases, exceeding 72 km/h (45 mph) may cause loss of control.

D

Slow down and downshift before descending steep or long downhill grades. Do not make sudden downshifts.

D

Avoid holding the brake pedal down too long or too frequently. This could cause the brakes to overheat and result in reduced braking efficiency.

214 2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

How to save fuel and make your vehicle last longer

Improving fuel economy is easy—just take it easy. It will help make your vehicle last longer, too. Here are some specific tips on how to save money on both fuel and repairs:

D

Keep your tires inflated at the cor-

rect pressure. Underinflation causes tire wear and wastes fuel. See Section

7−2 for instructions.

D

Do not carry unneeded weight in

your vehicle. Excess weight puts a heavier load on the engine, causing greater fuel consumption.

D

Avoid lengthy warm−up idling. Once the engine is running smoothly, begin driving—but gently. Remember, however, that on cold winter days this may take a little longer.

D

Always keep the automatic transmission overdrive switch turned on.

Driving with the overdrive switch off will reduce the fuel economy. (For details, see “Automatic transmission” in

Section 1−6.)

D

Accelerate slowly and smoothly.

Avoid jackrabbit starts. Get into high gear as quickly as possible.

D

Avoid long engine idling. If you have a long wait and you are not in traffic, it is better to turn off the engine and start again later.

D

Avoid engine lugging or over−rev-

ving. Use a gear position suitable for the road on which you are travelling.

D

Avoid continuous speeding up and

slowing down. Stop−and−go driving wastes fuel.

D

Avoid unnecessary stopping and

braking. Maintain a steady pace. Try to time the traffic signals so you only need to stop as little as possible or take advantage of through streets to avoid traffic lights. Keep a proper distance from other vehicles to avoid sudden braking. This will also reduce wear on your brakes.

D

Avoid heavy traffic or traffic jams whenever possible.

D

Do not rest your foot on the clutch

or brake pedal. This causes premature wear, overheating and poor fuel economy.

D

Maintain a moderate speed on high-

ways. The faster you drive, the greater the fuel consumption. By reducing your speed, you will cut down on fuel consumption.

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

D

Keep the front wheels in proper

alignment. Avoid hitting the curb and slow down on rough roads. Improper alignment not only causes faster tire wear but also puts an extra load on the engine, which, in turn, wastes fuel.

D

Keep the bottom of your vehicle free

from mud, etc. This not only lessens weight but also helps prevent corrosion

D

Keep your vehicle tuned−up and in

top shape. A dirty air cleaner, improper valve clearance, dirty plugs, dirty oil and grease,brakes not adjusted, etc. all lower engine performance and contribute to poor fuel economy. For longer life of all parts and lower operating costs, keep all maintenance work on schedule, and if you often drive under severe conditions, see that your vehicle receives more frequent maintenance.

(For scheduled maintenance information, please refer to the “Scheduled

Maintenance Guide” or “Owner’s Manual Supplement”).

215

CAUTION

Never turn off the engine to coast down hills. Your power steering and brake booster will not function without the engine running. Also, the emission control system operates properly only when the engine is running.

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

216 2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

SECTION

4

IN CASE OF AN EMERGENCY

If your vehicle will not start

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

218

If your engine stalls while driving

If your vehicle overheats

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

221

221

If you have a flat tire

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

222

If your vehicle needs to be towed

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

232

If you cannot shift automatic transmission selector lever

If you lose your keys

. . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

238

238

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U) 217

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

If your vehicle will not start—

(a) Simple checks

Before making these checks, make sure you have followed the correct starting procedure given in “How to start the engine” in Section 3 and that you have sufficient fuel.

If the engine is not turning over or is turning over too slowly—

1. Check that the battery terminals are tight and clean.

2. If the battery terminals are O.K., switch on the interior light.

3. If the light is out, dim or goes out when the starter is cranked, the battery is discharged. You may try jump starting. See “(c) Jump starting” for further instructions.

If the light is O.K., but the engine still will not start, it needs adjustment or repair.

Call a Toyota dealer or qualified repair shop.

NOTICE

Do not pull− or push−start the vehicle. It may damage the vehicle or cause a collision when the engine starts. Also the three−way catalytic converter may overheat and become a fire hazard.

If the engine turns over at its normal speed but will not start—

1. The engine may be flooded because of repeated cranking. See “(b) Starting a flooded engine” for further instructions.

2. If the engine still will not start, it needs adjustment or repair. Call a Toyota dealer or qualified repair shop.

(b) Starting a flooded engine

If the engine will not start, your engine may be flooded because of repeated cranking.

If this happens, turn the key to “START” with the accelerator pedal held down.

Keep the key and accelerator pedal in these positions for 15 seconds and release them. Then try starting the engine with your foot off the accelerator pedal.

If the engine does not start after 15 seconds of cranking, release the key, wait a few minutes and try again.

If the engine still will not start, it needs adjustment or repair. Call a Toyota dealer or qualified repair shop for assistance.

NOTICE

Do not crank for more than 30 seconds at a time. This may overheat the starter and wiring systems.

218 2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

(c) Jump starting

To avoid serious personal injury and damage to your vehicle which might result from battery explosion, acid burns, electrical burns, or damaged electronic components, these instructions must be followed precisely.

If you are unsure about how to follow this procedure, we strongly recommend that you seek the help of a competent mechanic or towing service.

CAUTION

D

Batteries contain sulfuric acid which is poisonous and corrosive.

Wear protective safety glasses when jump starting, and avoid spilling acid on your skin, clothing, or vehicle.

D

If you should accidentally get acid on yourself or in your eyes, remove any contaminated clothing and flush the affected area with water immediately. Then get immediate medical attention. If possible, continue to apply water with a sponge or cloth while en route to the medical office.

D

The gas normally produced by a battery will explode if a flame or spark is brought near. Use only standardized jumper cables and do not smoke or light a match while jump starting.

D

Warning: Battery posts, terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds, chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and reproductive harm. Wash hands after handling.

NOTICE

The battery used for boosting must be 12 V. Do not jump start unless you are sure that the booster battery is correct.

JUMP STARTING PROCEDURE

1. If the booster battery is installed in another vehicle, make sure the vehicles are not touching. Turn off all unnecessary lights and accessories.

2. If required, remove all the vent plugs from the booster and discharged batteries. Lay a cloth over the open vents on the batteries. (This helps reduce the explosion hazard, personal injuries and burns.)

3. If the engine in the vehicle with the booster battery is not running, start it and let it run for a few minutes. During jump starting, run the engine at about

2000 rpm with the accelerator pedal lightly depressed.

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U) 219

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

Discharged battery

Jumper cable

Booster battery

Positive terminal

(“+” mark)

Jumper cable

Positive terminal

(“+” mark)

4. Make the cable connections in the order a, b, c, d.

a. Connect the clamp of the positive

(red) jumper cable to the positive (+) terminal on the discharged battery.

b. Connect the clamp at the other end of the positive (red) jumper cable to the positive (+) terminal on the booster battery.

Discharged battery

Negative terminal

(“−” mark)

Booster battery c. Connect the clamp of the negative

(black) jumper cable to the negative (–) terminal on the booster battery.

d. Connect the clamp at the other end of the negative (black) jumper cable to a solid, stationary, unpainted, metallic point of the vehicle with the discharged battery.

The recommended connecting points are shown in the following illustrations:

Connecting point for 2RZ−FE and 3RZ−FE engines

220 2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

Connecting point for 5VZ−FE engine

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

Do not connect the cable to or near any part that moves when the engine is cranked.

CAUTION

When making the connections, to avoid serious injury, do not lean over the battery or accidentally let the jumper cables or clamps touch anything except the correct battery terminals or the ground.

5. Start your engine in the normal way.

After starting, run it at about 2000 rpm for several minutes with the accelerator pedal lightly depressed.

6. Carefully disconnect the cables in the exact reverse order: the negative cable and then the positive cable.

7. Carefully dispose of the battery cover cloths—they may now contain sulfuric acid.

8. If removed, replace all the battery vent plugs.

If the cause of your battery discharging is not apparent (for example, lights left on), you should have it checked.

If your engine stalls while driving

If your engine stalls while driving...

1. Reduce your speed gradually, keeping a straight line. Move cautiously off the road to a safe place.

2. Turn on your emergency flashers.

3. Try starting the engine again.

If the engine will not start, see “If your vehicle will not start”.

CAUTION

If the engine is not running, the power assist for the brakes and steering will not work so steering and braking will be much harder than usual.

If your vehicle overheats

If your engine coolant temperature gauge indicates overheating, if you experience a loss of power, or if you hear a loud knocking or pinging noise, the engine has probably overheated. You should follow this procedure...

1. Pull safely off the road, stop the vehicle and turn on your emergency flashers. Put the transmission in “P”

(automatic) or neutral (manual) and apply the parking brake. Turn off the air conditioning if it is being used.

2. If coolant or steam is boiling out of the radiator or reservoir, stop the engine.

Wait until the steam subsides before opening the hood. If there is no coolant boiling over or steam, leave the engine running.

CAUTION

To help avoid personal injury, keep the hood closed until there is no steam. Escaping steam or coolant is a sign of very high pressure.

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U) 221

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

3. Visually check to see if the engine drive belt (fan belt) is broken or loose.

Look for obvious coolant leaks from the radiator, hoses, and under the vehicle.

However, note that water draining from the air conditioning is normal if it has been used.

CAUTION

When the engine is running, keep hands and clothing away from the moving fan and engine drive belts.

4. If the engine drive belt is broken or the coolant is leaking, stop the engine immediately. Call a Toyota dealer for assistance.

5. If the engine drive belt is O.K. and there are no obvious leaks, you may help the engine cool down more quickly by running it at about 1500 rpm for a few minutes with the accelerator pedal lightly depressed.

6. Check the coolant reservoir. If it is dry, add coolant to the reservoir while the engine is running. Fill it about half full.

CAUTION

Do not attempt to remove the radiator cap when the engine and radiator are hot. Serious injury could result from scalding hot fluid and steam blown out under pressure.

7. After the engine coolant temperature has cooled to normal, again check the coolant level in the reservoir. If necessary, bring it up to half full again. Serious coolant loss indicates a leak in the system. You should have it checked as soon as possible at your Toyota dealer.

If you have a flat tire—

1. Reduce your speed gradually, keeping a straight line. Move cautiously off the road to a safe place well away from the traffic. Avoid stopping on the center divider of a highway. Park on a level spot with firm ground.

2. Stop the engine and turn on your emergency flashers.

3. Firmly set the parking brake and put the transmission in “P” (automatic) or reverse (manual).

4. Have everyone get out of the vehicle on the side away from traffic.

5. Read the following instructions thoroughly.

CAUTION

When jacking, be sure to observe the following to reduce the possibility of personal injury:

D

Follow jacking instructions.

D

Do not put any part of your body under the vehicle supported by the jack. Personal injury may occur.

D

Do not start or run the engine while your vehicle is supported by the jack.

222 2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

—Required tools and spare tire

(regular cab models)

D

Stop the vehicle on a level firm ground, firmly set the parking brake and put the transmission in “P”

(automatic) or reverse (manual).

Block the wheel diagonally opposite to the one being changed if necessary.

D

Make sure to set the jack properly in the jack point. Raising the vehicle with jack improperly positioned will damage the vehicle or may allow the vehicle to fall off the jack and cause personal injury.

D

Never get under the vehicle when the vehicle is supported by the jack alone.

D

Use the jack only for lifting your vehicle during wheel changing.

D

Do not raise the vehicle with someone in the vehicle.

D

When raising the vehicle, do not put an object on or under the jack.

D

Raise the vehicle only high enough to remove and change the tire.

NOTICE

Do not continue driving with a deflated tire. Driving even a short distance can damage a tire and wheel beyond repair.

1. Get the required tools and spare tire.

1 Wheel nut wrench

2 Jack handle

3 Jack

To prepare yourself for an emergency, you should familiarize yourself with the use of the jack, each of the tools and their storage locations.

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U) 223

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

—Required tools and spare tire

(Xtra−cab and double cab models)

Turn the jack joint by hand.

To remove: Turn the joint in direction 1 until the jack is free.

To store: Turn the joint in direction 2 until the jack is firmly secured to prevent it flying forward during a collision or sudden braking.

To remove the spare tire:

1. Insert the end of the jack handle into the lowering screw and turn it counterclockwise.

2. After the tire is lowered completely to the ground, remove the holding bracket.

When storing the spare tire, put it in place with the outer side of the wheel facing up.

Then secure the tire, taking care that the tire goes straight up without catching on any other part, to prevent it from flying forward during a collision or sudden braking.

Xtra−cab models

Double cab models

224 2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

1. Get the required tools and spare tire.

1 Tool bag

2 Jack

To prepare yourself for an emergency, you should familiarize yourself with the use of the jack, each of the tools and their storage locations.

Turn the jack joint by hand.

To remove: Turn the joint in direction 1 until the jack is free.

To store: Turn the joint in direction 2 until the jack is firmly secured to prevent it flying forward during a collision or sudden braking.

To remove the spare tire:

1. Put a jack handle, jack handle extension and jack handle end together as shown in the illustration.

1 Jack handle end

2 Jack handle extension

3 Jack handle

CAUTION

Make sure they are securely fixed with the screw.

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U) 225

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

—Blocking the wheel —Removing wheel ornament

2. Insert the end of the jack handle extension into the lowering screw and turn it counterclockwise with the handle, making sure the handle remains firmly fitted onto the jack handle extension.

3. After the tire is lowered completely to the ground, remove the holding bracket.

When storing the spare tire, put it in place with the outer side of the wheel facing up.

Then secure the tire, taking care that the tire goes straight up without catching on any other part, to prevent it from flying forward during a collision or sudden braking.

2. Block the wheel diagonally opposite the flat tire to keep the vehicle from rolling when it is jacked up.

When blocking the wheel, place a wheel block from the front for the front wheels or from the rear for the rear wheels.

Type A

Type B

226 2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

Type C

Type D

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

—Loosening wheel nuts

Type E

3. Remove the wheel ornament.

Pry off the wheel ornament, using the beveled end of the wheel nut wrench as shown.

CAUTION

Do not try to pull off the ornament by hand. Take due care in handling the ornament to avoid unexpected personal injury.

4. Loosen all the wheel nuts.

Always loosen the wheel nuts before raising the vehicle.

Turn the wheel nuts counterclockwise to loosen. To get maximum leverage, fit the wrench to the nut so that the handle is on the right side, as shown above. Grab the wrench near the end of the handle and pull up on the handle. Be careful that the wrench does not slip off the nut.

Do not remove the nuts yet—just unscrew them about one−half turn.

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U) 227

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

—Positioning the jack

Front Rear

Two−wheel drive models except Pre

Runner

5. Position the jack at the correct jack point as shown.

Make sure the jack is positioned on a level and solid place.

JACK POINTS:

Two−wheel drive models except Pre Runner

Front—Under the frame side rail

Rear—Under the rear axle housing

Four−wheel drive models and Pre Runner

Front—Under the front suspension cross member

Rear—Under the rear axle housing

Specified jack point

NOTICE

Only put the jack to the specified jack point; otherwise your vehicle may be damaged.

Front Rear

Four−wheel drive models and Pre Runner

228 2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

—Raising your vehicle

Xtra−cab and double cab models—Put a jack handle, jack handle extension and jack handle end together as shown in the illustration.

1 Jack handle end

2 Jack handle extension

3 Jack handle

CAUTION

Make sure they are securely fixed with the screw.

6. After making sure that no one is in the vehicle, raise it high enough so that the spare tire can be installed.

Remember you will need more ground clearance when putting on the spare tire than when removing the flat tire.

Regular cab models—To raise the vehicle, insert the jack handle into the jack (it is a loose fit) and turn it clockwise. As the jack touches the vehicle and begins to lift, double−check that it is properly positioned.

Xtra−cab and double cab models—To raise the vehicle, insert the jack handle extension into the jack (it is a loose fit) and turn it clockwise with the handle, making sure the handle remains firmly fitted onto the jack handle extension. As the jack touches the vehicle and begins to lift, double−check that it is properly positioned.

CAUTION

Never get under the vehicle when the vehicle is supported by the jack alone.

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U) 229

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

—Reinstalling wheel nuts —Changing wheels

7. Remove the wheel nuts and change tires.

Lift the flat tire straight off and put it aside.

Roll the spare wheel into position and align the holes in the wheel with the bolts.

Then lift up the wheel and get at least the top bolt started through its hole. Wiggle the tire and press it back over the other bolts.

Before putting on wheels, remove any corrosion on the mounting surfaces with a wire brush or such. Installation of wheels without good metal−to−metal contact at the mounting surface can cause wheel nuts to loosen and eventually cause a wheel to come off while driving. Therefore after the first 1600 km (1000 miles), check to see that the wheel nuts are tight.

8. Reinstall all the wheel nuts finger tight.

Reinstall the wheel nuts (tapered end inward) and tighten them as much as you can by hand. Press back on the tire back and see if you can tighten them more.

230 2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

—Lowering your vehicle

Two−wheel drive models except Pre Runner

—Reinstalling wheel ornament

9. Lower the vehicle completely and tighten the wheel nuts.

Regular cab models—Turn the jack handle counterclockwise to lower the vehicle.

Xtra−cab and double cab models—Turn the jack handle extension counterclockwise with handle to lower the vehicle, making sure the handle remains firmly fitted onto the jack handle extension.

Use only the wheel nut wrench and turn it clockwise to tighten the nuts. Do not use other tools or any additional leverage other than your hands, such as a hammer, pipe or your foot. Make sure the wrench is securely engaged over the nut.

Tighten each nut a little at a time in the order shown. Repeat the process until all the nuts are tight.

10. Reinstall the wheel ornament.

Put the wheel ornament into position and then tap it firmly with the side or heel of your hand to snap it into place.

CAUTION

When lowering the vehicle, make sure all portions of your body and all other persons around will not be injured as the vehicle is lowered to the ground.

CAUTION

Take due care in handling the ornament to avoid unexpected personal injury.

Four−wheel drive models and Pre Runner

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U) 231

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

—After changing wheels

11. Check the air pressure of the replaced tire.

Adjust the air pressure to the specification designated in Section 8. If the pressure is lower, drive slowly to the nearest service station and fill to the correct pressure.

Do not forget to reinstall the tire inflation valve cap as dirt and moisture could get into the valve core and possibly cause air leakage. If the cap is missing, have a new one put on as soon as possible.

12. Restow all the tools, jack and flat tire securely.

As soon after changing wheels as possible, tighten the wheel nuts to the torque specified in Section 8 with a torque wrench. Have a technician repair the flat tire.

CAUTION

Before driving, make sure all the tools, jack and flat tire are securely in place in their storage location to reduce the possibility of personal injury during a collision or sudden braking.

If your vehicle needs to be towed—

(a) Towing with wheel lift type truck—

—From front

—From rear

(b) Using flat bed truck

Two−wheel drive models

232 2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

(a) Towing with wheel lift type truck—

—From front

—From rear

(b) Using flat bed truck

Four−wheel drive models

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

If towing is necessary, we recommend you have it done by your Toyota dealer or a commercial tow truck service. In consultation with them, have your vehicle towed using either (a) or (b).

Only when you cannot receive a towing service from a Toyota dealer or commercial tow truck service, tow your vehicle carefully in accordance with the instructions given in “—Emergency towing” in this section.

Proper equipment will help ensure that your vehicle is not damaged while being towed. Commercial operators are generally aware of the state/provincial and local laws pertaining to towing.

Your vehicle can be damaged if it is towed incorrectly. Although most operators know the correct procedure, it is possible to make a mistake. To avoid damage to your vehicle, make sure the following precautions are observed. If necessary, show this page to the tow truck driver.

TOWING PRECAUTIONS:

Use a safety chain system for all towing, and abide by the state/provincial and local laws. The wheels and axle on the ground must be in good condition. If they are damaged, use a towing dolly.

Two−wheel drive models—

(a) Towing with wheel lift type truck

From front—

D

Manual transmission:

We recommend using a towing dolly under the rear wheels. If you do not use a towing dolly, release the parking brake and put the transmission in neutral.

D

Automatic transmission:

Use a towing dolly under the rear wheels.

NOTICE

Never tow a vehicle with an automatic transmission from the front with the rear wheels on the ground, as this may cause serious damage to the transmission.

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

From rear—Place the ignition key in the

“ACC” position.

NOTICE z

When lifting wheels, take care to ensure adequate ground clearance for towing at the opposite end of the raised vehicle. Otherwise, the bumper and/or underbody of the towed vehicle will be damaged during towing.

z

Do not tow with the key removed or in the “LOCK” position, as the steering lock mechanism is not strong enough to hold the front wheels straight while towing.

(b) Using flat bed truck

233

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

Four−wheel drive models—

(a) Towing with wheel lift type truck

From front—

D

Manual transmission:

We recommend using a towing dolly under the rear wheels. If you do not use a towing dolly, release the parking brake, put the transmission in neutral and set the transfer in “H2” mode.

D

Automatic transmission:

Use a towing dolly under the rear wheels.

NOTICE

Never tow a vehicle with an automatic transmission from the front with the rear wheels on the ground, as this may cause serious damage to the transmission.

From rear—We recommend using a towing dolly under the front wheels. If you do not use a towing dolly, place the ignition key in the “ACC” position, put the transmission in neutral and set the transfer in

“H2” mode.

NOTICE

Do not tow with the key removed or in the “LOCK” position when towing from the rear without a towing dolly.

The steering lock mechanism is not strong enough to hold the front wheels straight.

(b) Using flat bed truck

(c) Towing with sling type truck

All models—

(c) Towing with sling type truck

NOTICE

Do not tow with sling type truck, either from the front or rear. This may cause body damage.

234 2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

—Emergency towing

(two−wheel drive models except Pre Runner)

If towing is necessary, we recommend you to have it done by your Toyota dealer or a commercial tow truck service.

If towing service is not available in an emergency, your vehicle may be temporarily towed by a cable or chain secured to one of the emergency towing eyelets under the front of the vehicle.

Use extreme caution when towing the vehicle.

NOTICE

Only use specified towing eyelet; otherwise your vehicle may be damaged.

A driver must be in the vehicle to steer it and operate the brakes.

Towing in this manner may be done only on hard−surfaced roads for a short distance and at low speeds. Also, the wheels, axles, drive train, steering and brakes must all be in good condition.

CAUTION

Use extreme caution when towing the vehicle. Avoid sudden starts or erratic driving maneuvers which would place excessive stress on the emergency towing eyelet and towing cable or chain. The eyelet and towing cable or chain may break and cause serious injury or damage.

NOTICE

Use only a cable or chain specifically intended for use in towing vehicles.

Securely fasten the cable or chain to the towing eyelet provided.

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

Before towing, release the parking brake and put the transmission in neutral (manual) or “N” (automatic). The key must be in “ACC” (engine off) or “ON” (engine running).

CAUTION

If the engine is not running, the power assist for the brakes and steering will not work so steering and braking will be much harder than usual.

235

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

—Emergency towing

(four−wheel drive models and

Pre Runner)

If towing is necessary, we recommend you to have it done by your Toyota dealer or a commercial tow truck service.

If towing service is not available in an emergency, your vehicle may be temporarily towed by a cable or chain secured to the emergency towing hook under the front of the vehicle. Use extreme caution when towing the vehicle.

NOTICE

Only use specified towing hook; otherwise your vehicle may be damaged.

A driver must be in the vehicle to steer it and operate the brakes.

Towing in this manner may be done only on hard−surfaced roads for a short distance and at low speeds. Also, the wheels, axles, drive train, steering and brakes must all be in good condition.

CAUTION

Use extreme caution when towing the vehicle. Avoid sudden starts or erratic driving maneuvers which would place excessive stress on the emergency towing hook and towing cable or chain. The hook and towing cable or chain may break and cause serious injury or damage.

NOTICE

Use only a cable or chain specifically intended for use in towing vehicles.

Securely fasten the cable or chain to the towing hook provided.

Before towing, release the parking brake, put the transmission in neutral (manual) or

“N” (automatic) and set the transfer in

“H2” mode. The key must be in “ACC”

(engine off) or “ON” (engine running).

CAUTION

If the engine is not running, the power assist for the brakes and steering will not work so steering and braking will be much harder than usual.

236 2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

—Emergency towing hook precautions (four−wheel drive models and Pre Runner)

D

Before emergency towing, check that the hook is not broken or damaged and that the installation bolts are not loose.

D

Fasten the towing cable or chain securely to the hook.

D

Do not jerk the hook. Apply steady and even force.

D

To avoid damaging the hook, do not pull from the side or at a vertical angle. Always pull straight ahead.

CAUTION

If the emergency towing hook is used to get out when your vehicle becomes stuck in the mud, sand or other condition from which the vehicle cannot be driven out under its own power, make sure to observe the precautions mentioned below. Otherwise, excessive stress will be put on the hook and the towing cable or chain may break, causing serious injury or damage.

D

If the towing vehicle can hardly move, do not forcibly continue the towing. Contact your Toyota dealer or a commercial tow truck service for assistance.

D

Tow the vehicle as straight ahead as possible.

D

Keep away from the vehicle during towing.

—Tips for towing a stuck vehicle (four−wheel drive models and Pre Runner)

The following methods are effective to use when your vehicle is stuck in the mud, sand or other condition from which the vehicle cannot be driven out under its own power. Use extreme caution when towing the vehicle. In addition, keep away from the vehicles and towing cable or chain when towing.

D

Remove the sand and soil in the front and the back of the tires.

D

Place stones or wood under the tires.

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U) 237

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

If you cannot shift automatic transmission selector lever

If you cannot shift the selector lever out of “P” position to other positions even though the brake pedal is depressed, use the shift lock override button as follows:

1. Turn the ignition key to “LOCK” position. Make sure the parking brake is applied.

2. Pry up the cover with a flat−bladed screwdriver or equivalent.

3. Insert your finger into the hole to move the shift lock override lever backward. You can shift out of “P” position only while holding back the lever.

4. Shift into “N” position.

5. Insert the cover.

6. Start the engine. For your safety, keep the brake pedal depressed.

Be sure to have the system checked by your Toyota dealer as soon as possible.

If you lose your keys

You can purchase a new key at your

Toyota dealer if you can give them the key number.

See the suggestion given in “Keys” in

Section 1−2.

If your keys are locked in the vehicle and you cannot get a duplicate, many Toyota dealers can still open the door for you, using their special tools. If you must break a window to get in, we suggest breaking the smallest side window because it is the least expensive to replace.

Be extremely cautious to avoid cuts from the glass.

238 2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

SECTION

5

CORROSION PREVENTION AND

APPEARANCE CARE

Protecting your Toyota from corrosion

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

240

Washing and waxing your Toyota

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

241

Cleaning the interior

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

242

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U) 239

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

Protecting your Toyota from corrosion

Toyota, through its diligent research, design and use of the most advanced technology available, has done its part to help prevent corrosion and has provided you with the finest quality vehicle construction. Now, it is up to you. Proper care of your Toyota can help ensure long− term corrosion prevention.

The most common causes of corrosion to your vehicle are:

D

The accumulation of road salt, dirt and moisture in hard−to−reach areas under the vehicle.

D

Chipping of paint, or undercoating caused by minor accidents or by stones and gravel.

Care is especially important if you live in particular areas or operate your vehicle under certain environmental conditions:

D

Road salt or dust control chemicals will accelerate corrosion, as will the presence of salt in the air near the sea− coast or in areas of industrial pollution.

D

High humidity accelerates corrosion especially when temperatures range just above the freezing point.

D

Wetness or dampness to certain parts of your vehicle for an extended period of time, may cause corrosion even though other parts of the vehicle may be dry.

D

High ambient temperatures can cause corrosion to those components of the vehicle which are prevented from quick−drying due to lack of proper ventilation.

The above signifies the necessity to keep your vehicle, particularly the underside, as clean as possible and to repair any damage to paint or protective coatings as soon as possible.

To help prevent corrosion on your

Toyota, follow these guidelines:

Wash your vehicle frequently. It is, of course, necessary to keep your vehicle clean by regular washing, but to prevent corrosion, the following points should be observed:

D

If you drive on salted roads in the winter or if you live near the ocean, you should hose off the undercarriage at least once a month to minimize corrosion.

D

High pressure water or steam is effective for cleaning the vehicle’s underside and wheel housings. Pay particular attention to these areas as it is difficult to see all the mud and dirt. It will do more harm than good to simply wet the mud and debris without removing them.

The lower edge of doors, rocker panels and frame members have drain holes which should not be allowed to clog with dirt as trapped water in these areas can cause corrosion.

D

Wash the underside of the vehicle thoroughly when winter is over.

See “Washing and waxing your Toyota” for more tips.

Check the condition of your vehicle’s

paint and trim. If you find any chips or scratches in the paint, touch them up immediately to prevent corrosion from starting. If the chips or scratches have gone through the bare metal, have a qualified body shop make the repair.

240 2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

Check the interior of your vehicle. Water and dirt can accumulate under the floor mats and could cause corrosion. Occasionally check under the mats to make sure the area is dry. Be particularly careful when transporting chemicals, cleansers, fertilizers, salt, etc.; these should be transported in proper containers. If a spill or leak should occur, immediately clean and dry the area.

Use mud shields on your wheels. If you drive on salted or gravel roads, mud shields help protect your vehicle. Full−size shields, which come as near to the ground as possible, are the best. We recommend that the fittings and the area where the shields are installed be treated to resist corrosion. Your Toyota dealer will be happy to assist in supplying and installing the shields if they are recommended for your area.

Keep your vehicle in a well ventilated garage or a roofed place. Do not park your vehicle in a damp, poorly venti-

lated garage. If you wash your vehicle in the garage, or if you drive it in covered with water or snow, your garage may be so damp it will cause corrosion. Even if your garage is heated, a wet vehicle can corrode if the ventilation is poor.

Washing and waxing your

Toyota

Washing your Toyota

Keep your vehicle clean by regular washing.

The following cases may cause weakness to the paint or corrosion to the body and parts. Wash your vehicle as soon as possible.

D

When driving in a coastal area

D

When driving on a road sprinkled with antifreeze

D

When having coal tar, tree sap, bird droppings and carcass of an insect

D

When driving in the areas where there is a lot of smoke, soot, dust, iron dust and chemical substance

D

When the vehicle becomes remarkably dirty with dust and mud

Hand−washing your Toyota

Work in the shade and wait until the vehicle body is not hot to the touch.

CAUTION

When cleaning under floor or chassis, be careful not to injure your hands.

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

1. Rinse off loose dirt with a hose. Remove any mud or road salt from the underside of the vehicle or in the wheel wells.

2. Wash with a mild car−wash soap, mixed according to the manufacturer’s instructions. Use a soft cotton mitt and keep it wet by dipping it frequently into the wash water. Do not rub hard—let the soap and water remove the dirt.

Plastic wheel ornaments: The plastic wheel ornaments are damaged easily by organic substances. If any organic substances splashes an ornament, be sure to wash it off with water and check if the ornament is damaged.

CAUTION

Do not attach the heavily damaged plastic wheel ornament. It may fly off the wheel and cause accidents while the vehicle is moving.

Aluminum wheels: Use only a mild soap or neutral detergent.

Road tar: Remove with turpentine or cleaners that are marked safe for painted surfaces.

241

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

NOTICE

Do not use organic substances (gasoline, kerosene, benzine or strong solvents), which may be toxic or cause damage.

3. Rinse thoroughly—dried soap can cause streaking. In hot weather you may need to rinse each section right after you wash it.

4. To prevent water spots, dry the vehicle using a clean soft cotton towel. Do not rub or press hard—you might scratch the paint.

Waxing your Toyota

Polishing and waxing is recommended to maintain the original beauty of your

Toyota’s finish.

Once a month or if the vehicle surface does not repel water well, apply wax.

1. Always wash and dry the vehicle before you begin waxing, even if you are using a combined cleaner and wax.

2. Use a good quality polish and wax. If the finish has become extremely weathered, use a car−cleaning polish, followed by a separate wax. Carefully follow the manufacturer’s instructions and precautions. Be sure to polish and wax the chrome trim as well as the paint.

3. Wax the vehicle again when water does not bead but remains on the surface in large patches.

Cleaning the interior

CAUTION

Do not wash the vehicle floor with water, or allow water to get onto the floor when cleaning the vehicle interior or exterior. Water may get into audio components or other electrical components above or under the floor carpet (or mat) and cause a malfunction; and it may cause body corrosion.

Vinyl interior

The vinyl upholstery may be easily cleaned with a mild soap or detergent and water.

First vacuum over the upholstery to remove loose dirt. Then, using a sponge or soft cloth, apply the soap solution to the vinyl. After allowing it to soak in for a few minutes to loosen the dirt, remove the dirt and wipe off the soap with a clean damp cloth. If all the dirt do not come off, repeat the procedure. Commercial foaming− type vinyl cleaners are also available which work well. Follow the manufacturer’s instructions.

242 2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

NOTICE

Do not use solvent, thinner, gasoline or window cleaner on the interior.

Carpets

Use a good foam−type shampoo to clean the carpets.

Begin by vacuuming thoroughly to remove as much dirt as possible. Several types of foam cleaners are available; some are in aerosol cans and others are powders or liquids which you mix with water to produce a foam. To shampoo the carpets, use a sponge or brush to apply the foam.

Rub in overlapping circles.

Do not apply water—the best results are obtained by keeping the carpet as dry as possible. Read the shampoo instructions and follow them closely.

Seat belts

The seat belts may be cleaned with mild soap and water or with lukewarm water.

Use a cloth or sponge. As you are cleaning, check the belts for excessive wear, fraying, or cuts.

NOTICE z

Do not use dye or bleach on the belts—it may weaken them.

z

Do not use the belts until they become dry.

Windows

The windows may be cleaned with any household window cleaner.

Air conditioning control panel, car audio, instrument panel, console panel, and switches

Use a soft damp cloth for cleaning.

Soak a clean soft cloth in water or lukewarm water then lightly wipe off dirt.

NOTICE z

Do not use organic substances (solvents, kerosene, alcohol, gasoline, etc.) or alkaline or acidic solutions.

These chemicals can cause discoloring, staining or peeling of the surface.

z

If you use cleaners or polishing agents, make sure their ingredients do not include the substances mentioned above.

z

If you use a liquid car freshener, do not spill the liquid onto the vehicle’s interior surfaces. It may contain the ingredients mentioned above. Immediately clean any spill using the method mentioned above.

Leather Interior

The leather upholstery may be cleaned with neutral detergent for wool.

Remove dirt using a soft cloth dampened with 5% solution of neutral detergent for wool. Then thoroughly wipe off all traces of detergent with a clean damp cloth.

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U) 243

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

After cleaning or whenever any part of the leather gets wet, dry with a soft clean cloth. Allow the leather to dry in a ventilated shaded area.

NOTICE z

If a stain should fail to come out with a neutral detergent, apply a cleaner that does not contain an organic solvent.

z

Never use organic substances such as benzine, alcohol or gasoline or alkaline or acid solutions for cleaning the leather as these could cause discoloring.

z

Use of a nylon brush or synthetic fiber cloth, etc. may scratch the fine grained surface of the leather.

z

Mildew may develop on soiled leather upholstery. Be especially careful to avoid oil spots. Try to keep your upholstery always clean.

z

Long exposure to direct sunlight may cause the leather surface to harden and shrink. Keep your vehicle in a shaded area, especially in the summer.

z

The interior of your vehicle is apt to heat up on hot summer days, so avoid placing on the upholstery items made of vinyl or plastic or containing wax as these tend to stick to leather when warm.

z

Improper cleaning of the leather upholstery could result in discoloration or staining.

If you have any questions about the cleaning of your Toyota, your local

Toyota dealer will be pleased to answer them.

244 2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

SECTION

6

VEHICLE MAINTENANCE AND CARE

Maintenance requirements

General maintenance

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

246

247

Does your vehicle need repairing?

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

249

Emissions Inspection and Maintenance (I/M) programs

. . . . . . . . .

250

For scheduled maintenance information, please refer to the “Scheduled Maintenance Guide” or “Owner’s Manual Supplement”.

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U) 245

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

Maintenance requirements

Your Toyota vehicle has been designed for fewer maintenance requirements with longer service intervals to save both your time and money. However, each regular maintenance, as well as day−to−day care, is more important than ever before to ensure smooth, and trouble−free, safe, and economical drivings.

It is the owner’s responsibility to make sure the specified maintenance, including general maintenance service, is performed.

Note that both the new vehicle and emission control system warranties specify that proper maintenance and care must be performed. See “Owner’s Warranty Information Booklet” or “Owner’s Manual Supplement” for complete warranty information.

General maintenance

General maintenance items are those day− to−day care practices that are important to your vehicle for proper operation. It is the owner’s responsibility to ensure that the general maintenance items are performed regularly.

These checks or inspections can be done either by yourself or a qualified technician, or if you prefer, your Toyota dealer will be pleased to do them at a nominal cost.

246

Scheduled maintenance

The scheduled maintenance items listed in the “Scheduled Maintenance Guide” or

“Owner’s Manual Supplement” are those required to be serviced at regular intervals.

For details of your maintenance schedule, read the “Scheduled Maintenance Guide” or “Owner’s Manual Supplement”.

It is recommended that any replacement parts used for maintenance or for the repair of the emission control system be Toyota supplied.

The owner may elect to use non−Toyota supplied parts for replacement purposes without invalidating the emission control system warranty. However, use of replacement parts which are not of equivalent quality may impair the effectiveness of the emission control systems.

You may also elect to have maintenance, replacement, or repair of the emission control devices and system performed by any automotive repair establishment or individual without invalidating this warranty. See “Owner’s Warranty Information Booklet” or “Owner’s

Manual Supplement” for complete warranty information.

Where to go for service?

Toyota technicians are well−trained specialists and are kept up to date with the latest service information through technical bulletins, service tips, and in−dealership training programs. They learn to work on

Toyotas before they work on your vehicle, rather than while they are working on it.

You can be confident that your Toyota dealer’s service department performs the best job to meet the maintenance requirements on your vehicle—reliably and economically.

Your copy of the repair order is proof that all required maintenance has been performed for warranty coverage. And if any problems should arise with your vehicle while under warranty, your Toyota dealer will promptly take care of it. Again, be sure to keep a copy of the repair order for any service performed on your Toyota.

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

What about do−it−yourself maintenance?

Many of the maintenance items are easy to do yourself if you have a little mechanical ability and a few basic automotive tools. Simple instructions for how to perform them are presented in Section 7.

If you are a skilled do−it−yourself mechanic, the Toyota service manuals are recommended. Please be aware that do−it−yourself maintenance can affect your warranty coverage. See “Owner’s Warranty Information Booklet” or “Owner’s Manual Supplement” for the details.

General maintenance

Listed below are the general maintenance items that should be performed as frequently as specified. In addition to checking the items listed, if you notice any unusual noise, smell or vibration, you should investigate the cause or take your vehicle to your Toyota dealer or a qualified service shop immediately. It is recommended that any problem you notice be brought to the attention of your dealer or the qualified service shop for their advice.

CAUTION

Make these checks only where adequate ventilation can be obtained if you run the engine.

OUTSIDE THE VEHICLE

Items listed below should be performed from time to time, unless otherwise specified.

Tire pressure

Check the pressure with a gauge every two weeks, or at least once a month. See

Section 7−2 for additional information.

Tire surface and wheel nuts

Check the tires carefully for cuts, damage or excessive wear. See Section 7−2 for additional information. When checking the tires, make sure no nuts are missing, and check the nuts for looseness. Tighten them if necessary.

Tire rotation

Rotate the tires according to the maintenance schedule. (For scheduled maintenance information, please refer to the

“Scheduled Maintenance Guide” or “Owner’s Manual Supplement”.) See Section

7−2 for additional information.

Fluid leaks

Check underneath for leaking fuel, oil, water or other fluid after the vehicle has been parked for a while. If you smell fuel fumes or notice any leak, have the cause found and corrected immediately.

Doors and engine hood

Check that all doors including tailgate operate smoothly and all latches lock securely. Make sure the engine hood secondary latch secures the hood from opening when the primary latch is released.

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U) 247

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

INSIDE THE VEHICLE

Items listed below should be checked regularly, e.g. while performing periodic services, cleaning the vehicle, etc.

Lights

Make sure the headlights, stop lights, tail lights, turn signal lights, and other lights are all working. Check headlight aim.

Service reminder indicators and warning buzzers

Check that all service reminder indicators and warning buzzers function properly.

Steering wheel

Be alert for changes in steering condition, such as hard steering or strange noise.

Seats

Check that all seat controls such as seat adjusters, seatback recliner, etc. operate smoothly and that all latches lock securely in any position. Check that the head restraints move up and down smoothly and that the locks hold securely in any latched position. For folding−down seatback

(bench seat) and rear seatback (rear split bench seat), check that the latches lock securely.

Seat belts

Check that the seat belt system such as buckles, retractors and anchors operate properly and smoothly. Make sure the belt webbing is not cut, frayed, worn or damaged.

Accelerator pedal

Check the pedal for smooth operation and uneven pedal effort or catching.

Clutch pedal

Check the pedal for smooth operation.

Brake pedal

Check the pedal for smooth operation and that the pedal has the proper clearance.

Check the brake booster function.

Brakes

At a safe place, check that the brakes do not pull to one side when applied.

Parking brake

Check that the lever has the proper travel and that, on a safe incline, your vehicle is held securely with only the parking brake applied.

Automatic transmission “Park” mechanism

Check the lock release button of the selector lever (floor shift type) for proper and smooth operation. On a safe incline, check that your vehicle is held securely with the selector lever in “P” position and all brakes released.

IN THE ENGINE COMPARTMENT

Items listed below should be checked from time to time, e.g. each time when refueling.

Washer fluid

Make sure there is sufficient fluid in the tank. See Section 7−3 for additional information.

Engine coolant level

Make sure the coolant level is between the “F” and “L” lines on the see−through reservoir when the engine is cold. See

Section 7−2 for additional information.

Radiator, condenser and hoses

Check that the front of the radiator and condenser are clean and not blocked with leaves, dirt, or insects. See in Section

7−2 for additional information.

248 2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

Battery electrolyte level

Make sure the electrolyte level of all battery cells is between upper and lower level lines on the case. Add only distilled water when replenishing. See Section 7−3 for additional information.

Brake fluid level

Make sure the brake fluid level is correct.

See Section 7−2 for additional information.

Engine oil level

Check the level on the dipstick with the engine turned off and the vehicle parked on a level spot. See Section 7−2 for additional information.

Power steering fluid level

Check the level on the dipstick. The level should be in the “HOT” or “COLD” range depending on the fluid temperature. See

Section 7−2 for additional information.

Exhaust system

If you notice any change in the sound of the exhaust or smell exhaust fumes, have the cause located and corrected immediately. (See “Engine exhaust cautions” in

Section 2.)

Does your vehicle need repairing?

Be on the alert for changes in performance, sounds, and visual tip−offs that indicate service is needed. Some important clues are as follows:

D

Engine missing, stumbling, or pinging

D

Appreciable loss of power

D

Strange engine noises

D

A leak under the vehicle (however, water dripping from the air conditioning after use is normal.)

D

Change in exhaust sound (This may indicate a dangerous carbon monoxide leak. Drive with the windows open and have the exhaust system checked immediately.)

D

Flat−looking tire; excessive tire squeal when cornering; uneven tire wear

D

Vehicle pulls to one side when driving straight on a level road

D

Strange noises related to suspension movement

D

Loss of brake effectiveness; spongy feeling brake or clutch pedal; pedal almost touches floor; vehicle pulls to one side when braking

D

Engine coolant temperature continually higher than normal

If you notice any of these clues, take your vehicle to your Toyota dealer as soon as possible. It probably needs adjustment or repair.

CAUTION

Do not continue driving with the vehicle unchecked. It could result in serious vehicle damage and possibly personal injury.

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U) 249

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

Emissions Inspection and

Maintenance (I/M) programs

Some states have vehicle emission inspection programs which include OBD

(On−Board Diagnostics) checks.

The OBD system monitors the operation of the emission control system. When the

OBD system determines that a problem exists somewhere in the emission control system, the malfunction indicator lamp comes on. In this case, your vehicle may not pass the I/M test and need to be repaired. Contact your Toyota dealer to service the vehicle.

Even if the malfunction indicator lamp does not come on, your vehicle may not pass the I/M test as readiness codes have not been set in the OBD system.

Readiness codes are automatically set during ordinary driving. However, when the battery is disconnected or run down, the codes are erased. Also, depending on your driving habits, the codes may not be completely set.

Also, if the malfunction indicator lamp had come on recently due to temporary malfunction such as a loose fuel tank cap, your vehicle may not pass the I/M test.

The malfunction indicator lamp will go off after taking several driving trips, but the error code in the OBD system will not be cleared unless about 40 trips or more are taken.

If your vehicle does not pass the I/M test even the malfunction indicator lamp does not come on, contact your Toyota dealer to prepare the vehicle for re−testing.

250 2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

SECTION

7

1

DO−IT−YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

Introduction

Engine compartment overview

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

252

Fuse locations

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Do−it−yourself service precautions

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

254

254

Parts and tools

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

256

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U) 251

Engine compartment overview

" 2RZ−FE and 3RZ−FE engines

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

1. Engine oil filler cap

2. Engine oil level dipstick

3. Power steering fluid reservoir

4. Brake fluid reservoir

5. Fuse block

6. Battery

7. Engine coolant reservoir

8. Condenser

9. Radiator

10. Windshield washer fluid tank

252 2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

"

5VZ−FE engine

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

1. Engine oil filler cap

2. Brake fluid reservoir

3. Fuse block

4. Battery

5. Engine coolant reservoir

6. Engine oil level dipstick

7. Condenser

8. Radiator

9. Power steering fluid reservoir

10. Windshield washer fluid tank

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U) 253

Fuse locations

254

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

Spare fuses

Do−it−yourself service precautions

If you perform maintenance by yourself, be sure to follow the correct procedure given in this section.

You should be aware that improper or incomplete servicing may result in operating problems.

Performing do−it−yourself maintenance during the warranty period may affect your warranty coverage. Read the separate

Toyota Warranty statement for details and suggestions.

This section gives instructions only for those items that are relatively easy for an owner to perform. As explained in Section

6, there are still a number of items that must be done by a qualified technician with special tools.

For information on tools and parts for do− it−yourself maintenance, see “Parts and tools”.

Utmost care should be taken when working on your vehicle to prevent accidental injury. Here are a few precautions that you should be especially careful to observe:

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

CAUTION

D

When the engine is running, keep hands, clothing, and tools away from the moving fan and engine drive belts. (Removing rings, watches, and ties is advisable.)

D

Right after driving, the engine compartment—the engine, radiator, exhaust manifold, power steering fluid reservoir and spark plug boots, etc.—will be hot. So be careful not to touch them. Oil, fluids and spark plugs may also be hot.

D

If the engine is hot, do not remove the radiator cap or loosen the drain plugs to prevent burning yourself.

D

Do not smoke, cause sparks or allow open flames around fuel or the battery. Their fumes are flammable.

D

Do not get under your vehicle with just the body jack supporting it. Always use automotive jack stands or other solid supports.

D

Use eye protection whenever you work on or under your vehicle where you may be exposed to flying or falling material, fluid spray, etc.

D

Used engine oil contains potentially harmful contaminants which may cause skin disorders such as inflammation or skin cancer, so care should be taken to avoid prolonged and repeated contact with it. To remove used engine oil from your skin, wash thoroughly with soap and water.

D

Do not leave used oil within the reach of children.

D

Dispose of used oil and filter only in a safe and acceptable manner.

Do not dispose of used oil and filter in household trash, in sewers or onto the ground. Call your dealer or a service station for information concerning recycling or disposal.

D

Be extremely cautious when working on the battery. It contains poisonous and corrosive sulfuric acid.

D

Warning: Battery posts, terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds, chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and reproductive harm. Wash hands after handling.

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

NOTICE z

Remember that battery and ignition cables carry high currents or voltages. Be careful of accidentally causing a short circuit.

z

Add only demineralized or distilled water to fill the radiator. And if you spill some of the coolant, be sure to wash it off with water to prevent it from damaging the parts or paint.

z

Do not allow dirt or anything else to fall through the spark plug holes.

z

Do not pry the outer electrode of a spark plug against the center electrode.

z

Use only spark plugs of the specified type. Using other types will cause engine damage, loss of performance or radio noise.

z

Do not overfill automatic transmission fluid, or the transmission could be damaged.

z

Do not drive with the air cleaner filter removed, or excessive engine wear could result. Also backfiring could cause a fire in the engine compartment.

255

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109) z

Be careful not to scratch the glass surface with the wiper frame.

z

When closing the engine hood, check to see that you have not forgotten any tools, rags, etc.

Parts and tools

Here is a list of parts and tools you will need on performing do−it−yourself maintenance. Remember all Toyota parts are designed in metric sizes, so your tools must be metric.

CHECKING THE ENGINE OIL LEVEL

Parts (if level is low):

D

Engine oil API grade SJ

“Energy−Conserving”, SL

“Energy−Conserving” or ILSAC multigrade having viscosity proper for your climate

Tools:

D

Rag or paper towel

D

Funnel (only for adding oil)

CHECKING THE ENGINE COOLANT

LEVEL

Parts (if level is low):

D

“TOYOTA Long Life Coolant” or equivalent

See Section 7−2 for details about coolant type selection.

D

Demineralized or distilled water

Tools:

D

Funnel (only for adding coolant)

CHECKING BRAKE FLUID

Parts (if level is low):

D

SAE J1703 or FMVSS No.116 DOT 3 brake fluid

Tools:

D

Rag or paper towel

D

Funnel (only for adding fluid)

CHECKING POWER STEERING FLUID

Parts (if level is low):

D

Automatic transmission fluid

DEXRON r

II or III

Tools:

D

Rag or paper towel

D

Funnel (only for adding fluid)

CHECKING BATTERY CONDITION

Tools:

D

Warm water

D

Baking soda

D

Grease

D

Conventional wrench (for terminal clamp bolts)

256 2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

CHECKING AND REPLACING FUSES

Parts (if replacement is necessary):

D

Fuse with same amperage rating as original

ADDING WASHER FLUID

Parts:

D

Water

D

Washer fluid containing antifreeze

(for winter use)

Tools:

D

Funnel

REPLACING LIGHT BULBS

Parts:

D

Bulb with same number and wattage rating as original (See charts in “Replacing light bulbs” in Section 7−3.)

Tools:

D

Screwdriver

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U) 257

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

258 2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

SECTION

7

2

DO−IT−YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

Engine and Chassis

Checking the engine oil level

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

260

Checking the engine coolant level

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

262

Checking the radiator and condenser

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

263

Checking brake fluid

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

263

Checking power steering fluid

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

264

Checking tire pressure

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

264

Checking and replacing tires

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

265

Rotating tires

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

266

Installing snow tires and chains

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

267

Replacing wheels

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

268

Aluminum wheel precautions

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

269

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U) 259

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

Checking the engine oil level

Low level Full level

Add oil

260

O.K.

Too full

Type A

Type B

With the engine at operating temperature and turned off, check the oil level on the dipstick.

1. To get a true reading, the vehicle should be on a level spot. After turning off the engine, wait a few minutes for the oil to drain back into the bottom of the engine.

2. Pull out the dipstick, and wipe it clean with a rag.

3. Reinsert the dipstick—push it in as far as it will go, or the reading will not be correct.

4. Pull the dipstick out and look at the oil level on the end.

CAUTION

Be careful not to touch the hot exhaust manifold.

If the oil level is below or only slightly above the low level, add engine oil of the same type as already in the engine.

Remove the oil filler cap and add engine oil in small quantities at a time, checking the dipstick.

The approximate quantity of oil needed to fill between the low level and the full level on the dipstick is indicated below for reference.

When the level reaches within the correct range, install the filler cap hand−tight.

Oil quantity, L (qt., lmp. qt.):

2RZ−FE and 3RZ−FE engines

1.5 (1.6, 1.3)

5VZ−FE engine

Two−wheel drive models except Pre Runner

Four−wheel drive models

1.5 (1.6, 1.3) and Pre Runner

1.2 (1.3, 1.1)

NOTICE z

Avoid overfilling, or the engine could be damaged.

z

Check the oil level on the dipstick once again after adding the oil.

Engine oil selection

Use API grade SJ “Energy−Conserving”,

SL “Energy−Conserving” or ILSAC multigrade engine oil.

Recommended viscosity (SAE):

5W-30 Preferred

Temperature range anticipated before next oil change

SAE 5W−30 is the best choice for your vehicle, for good fuel economy and good starting in cold weather.

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

If you use SAE 10W−30 engine oil in extremely low temperatures, the engine may become difficult to start, so SAE

5W−30 engine oil is recommended.

API service symbol

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

Oil identification marks

Either or both API registered marks are added to some oil containers to help you select the oil you should use.

The API Service Symbol is located anywhere on the outside of the container.

The top portion of the label shows the oil quality by API (American Petroleum Institute) designations such as SL. The center portion of the label shows the SAE viscosity grade such as SAE 5W−30. “Energy−

Conserving” shown in the lower portion, indicates that the oil has fuel−saving capabilities.

The ILSAC (International Lubricant Standardization and Approval Committee) Certification Mark is displayed on the front of the container.

ILSAC certification mark

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U) 261

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

Checking the engine coolant level

Look at the see−through coolant reservoir when the engine is cold. The coolant level is satisfactory if it is between the “F” and “L” lines on the reservoir.

If the level is low, add ethylene−glycol type coolant for a proper corrosion protection of aluminum components.

The coolant level in the reservoir will vary with engine temperature. However, if the level is on or below the “L” line, add coolant. Bring the level up to the “F” line.

Always use ethylene−glycol type coolant for a proper corrosion protection of aluminum components. See information in the next column.

If the coolant level drops within a short time after replenishing, there may be a leak in the system. Visually check the radiator, hoses, radiator cap and drain cock and water pump.

If you can find no leak, have your Toyota dealer test the cap pressure and check for leaks in the cooling system.

CAUTION

To prevent burning yourself, do not remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot.

Coolant type selection

Use of improper coolants may damage your engine cooling system. Your coolant must contain ethylene−glycol type coolant for a proper corrosion protection of your engine that contains aluminum components. Use “TOYOTA Long Life

Coolant” or equivalent.

In addition to preventing freezing and subsequent damage to the engine, this type of coolant will also prevent corrosion.

Further supplemental inhibitors or additives are neither needed nor recommended.

Read the coolant container for information on freeze protection. Follow the manufacturer’s directions for how much to mix with plain water (preferably demineralized water or distilled water). The total capacity of the cooling system is given in Section

8.

We recommend to use 50% solution for your Toyota, to provide protection down to about −35

_

C (−31

_

F). When it is extremely cold, to provide protection down to about −50

_

C (−58

_

F), 60% solution is recommended. Do not use more than 70% solution for better coolant performance.

NOTICE

Do not use alcohol type antifreeze or plain water alone.

262 2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

Checking the radiator and condenser

If either of the above parts are extremely dirty or you are not sure of their condition, take your vehicle to Toyota dealer.

CAUTION

To prevent yourself from burning, be careful not to touch the radiator or condenser when the engine is hot.

NOTICE

To prevent damage to the radiator and condenser, do not perform the work by yourself.

Checking brake fluid

To check the fluid level, simply look at the see−through reservoir. The level should be between the “MAX” and

“MIN” lines on the reservoir.

It is normal for the brake fluid level to go down slightly as the brake pads wear. So be sure to keep the reservoir filled.

If the reservoir needs frequent refilling, it may indicate a serious mechanical problem.

If the level is low, add SAE J1703 or

FMVSS No.116 DOT 3 brake fluid to the brake reservoir.

Remove and replace the reservoir cap by hand. Fill the brake fluid to the dotted line. This brings the fluid to the correct level when you put the cap back on.

Use only newly opened brake fluid. Once opened, brake fluid absorbs moisture from the air, and excess moisture can cause a dangerous loss of braking.

CAUTION

Take care when filling the reservoir because brake fluid can harm your eyes and damage painted surfaces. If fluid gets in your eyes, flush your eyes with clean water immediately. If you still feel uncomfortable with your eyes, go to the doctor.

NOTICE

If you spill the fluid, be sure to wash it off with water to prevent it from damaging the parts or paint.

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U) 263

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

Checking power steering fluid

If cold add

If cold O.K.

If hot add

If hot O.K.

Check the fluid level on the dipstick. If necessary, add automatic transmission fluid DEXRON r

II or III.

If the vehicle has been driven around 80 km/h (50 mph) for 20 minutes (a little more in frigid temperatures), the fluid is hot (40 _ C—80 _ C or 104 _ F—175 _ F). You may also check the level when the fluid is cold (about room temperature,

0

_

C—40

_

C or 32

_

F—104

_

F) if the engine has not been run for about five hours.

a. Clean all dirt from outside of the reservoir tank.

b. Remove the reservoir cap by turning it counterclockwise and wipe the dipstick clean.

264

Checking tire pressure

c. Reinstall the reservoir cap d. Remove the reservoir cap again and look at the fluid level. If the fluid is cold, the level should be in the “COLD” range on the dipstick. Similarly, if it is hot, the fluid level should be in the

“HOT” range. If the level is at the low side of either range, add automatic transmission fluid DEXRON r

II or III to bring the level within the range.

e. After replacing the reservoir cap, visually check the steering box case, vane pump and hose connections for leaks or damage.

CAUTION

The reservoir tank may be hot so be careful not to burn yourself.

NOTICE

Avoid overfilling, or the power steering could be damaged.

Keep your tire pressures at the proper level.

The recommended cold tire pressures, tire size and the cargo weight rating are given in Section 8. Tire size and pressure are also on the tire pressure label as shown.

You should check the tire pressures every two weeks, or at least once a month. And do not forget the spare!

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

Checking and replacing tires

Incorrect tire pressure can reduce tire life and make your vehicle less safe to drive.

Low tire pressure results in excessive wear, poor handling, reduced fuel economy, and the possibility of blowouts from overheated tires. Also, low tire pressure can cause poor sealing of the tire bead.

If the tire pressure is excessively low, there is the possibility of wheel deformation and/or tire separation.

High tire pressure produces a harsh ride, handling problems, excessive wear at the center of the tire tread, and a greater possibility of tire damage from road hazards.

If a tire frequently needs refilling, have it checked by your Toyota dealer.

The following instructions for checking tire pressure should be observed:

D

The pressure should be checked only

when the tires are cold. If your vehicle has been parked for at least 3 hours and has not been driven for more than 1.5 km or 1 mile since, you will get an accurate cold tire pressure reading.

D

Always use a tire pressure gauge.

The appearance of a tire can be misleading. Besides, tire pressures that are even just a few pounds off can degrade ride and handling

D

Do not bleed or reduce tire pressure

after driving. It is normal for the tire pressure to be higher after driving.

D

Never exceed the cargo weight rat-

ing. The luggage weight should be distributed evenly.

D

Be sure to reinstall the tire inflation

valve caps. Without the valve caps, dirt or moisture could get into the valve core and cause air leakage. If the caps have been lost, have new ones put on as soon as possible.

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

Tread wear indicator

CHECKING YOUR TIRES

Check the tire tread for the tread wear indicators. If the indicators show, replace the tires.

The tires on your Toyota have built−in tread wear indicators to help you know when the tires need replacement. When the tread depth wears to 1.6 mm (0.06

in.) or less, the indicators will appear. If you can see the indicators in two or more adjacent grooves, the tire should be replaced. The lower the tread, the higher the risk of skidding.

The effectiveness of snow tires is lost if the tread wears down below 4 mm

(0.16 in.).

265

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

Rotating tires

Check the tires regularly for damage such as cuts, splits and cracks. If any damage is found, consult with a technician and have the tire repaired or replaced.

Even if the damage does not appear serious, a qualified technician should examine the damage. Objects which have penetrated the tire may have caused internal damage.

Any tires which are over 6 years old must be checked by a qualified technician even if damage is not obvious.

Tires deteriorate with age even if they have never or seldom been used.

This also applies to the spare tire and tires stored for future use.

REPLACING YOUR TIRES

When replacing a tire, use only the same size and construction as originally installed and with the same or greater load capacity.

Using any other size or type of tire may seriously affect handling, ride, speedometer/odometer calibration, ground clearance, and clearance between the body and tires or snow chains.

CAUTION

D

Do not mix radial, bias belted, or bias−ply tires on your vehicle. It can cause dangerous handling characteristics, resulting in loss of control.

D

Do not use tires or wheels other than the manufacturer’s recommended size.

Toyota recommends all four tires, or at least both front or rear tires be replaced as a set.

See “If you have a flat tire” in Section 4 for tire change procedure.

When a tire is replaced, the wheel should always be balanced.

An unbalanced wheel may affect vehicle handling and tire life. Wheels can get out of balance with regular use and should therefore be balanced occasionally.

When replacing a tubeless tire, the air valve should also be replaced with a new one.

With a spare tire of the same wheel type as the installed tires

With a spare tire of different wheel type from the installed tires

266 2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

To equalize the wear and help extend tire life, Toyota recommends that you rotate your tires according to the maintenance schedule. (For scheduled maintenance information, please refer to the

“Scheduled Maintenance Guide” or

“Owner’s Manual Supplement”.) However, the most appropriate timing for tire rotation may vary according to your driving habits and road surface conditions.

See “If you have a flat tire” in Section 4 for tire change procedure.

When rotating tires, check for uneven wear and damage. Abnormal wear is usually caused by incorrect tire pressure, improper wheel alignment, out−of−balance wheels, or severe braking.

Installing snow tires and chains

WHEN TO USE SNOW TIRES OR

CHAINS

Snow tires or chains are recommended when driving on snow or ice.

On wet or dry roads, conventional tires provide better traction than snow tires.

SNOW TIRE SELECTION

If you need snow tires, select the same size, construction and load capacity as the original tires on your Toyota.

Do not use tires other than those mentioned above. Do not install studded tires without first checking local regulations for possible restrictions.

SNOW TIRE INSTALLATION

Snow tires should be installed on all wheels.

Installing snow tires on the rear wheels only can lead to an excessive difference in road grip capability between the front and rear tires which could cause loss of vehicle control.

When storing removed tires, you should store them in a cool dry place.

Mark the direction of rotation and be sure to install them in the same direction when replacing.

CAUTION

D

Do not drive with the snow tires incorrectly inflated.

D

Never drive over 120 km/h (75 mph) with any type of snow tires.

TIRE CHAIN SELECTION

Use the tire chains of correct size.

Regulations regarding the use of tire chains vary according to location or type of road, so always check them before installing chains.

CHAIN INSTALLATION

Install the chains on the rear tires as tightly as possible. Do not use tire chains on the front tires. Retighten chains after driving 0.5—1.0 km

(1/4—1/2 mile).

When installing chains on your tires, carefully follow the instructions of the chain manufacturer.

If wheel covers are used, they will be scratched by the chain band, so remove the covers before putting on the chains.

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U) 267

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

CAUTION

D

Do not exceed 50 km/h (30 mph) or the chain manufacturer’s recommended speed limit, whichever is lower.

D

Drive carefully avoiding bumps, holes, and sharp turns, which may cause the vehicle to bounce.

D

Avoid sharp turns or locked−wheel braking, as use of chains may adversely affect vehicle handling.

D

When driving with chains installed, be sure to drive carefully. Slow down before entering the curves to avoid losing control of the vehicle.

Otherwise an accident may occur.

NOTICE

Two−wheel drive model with

P235/55R16 size tire:

Due to a lack of wheel clearance, do not use tire chains as they can damage your vehicle.

Replacing wheels

WHEN TO REPLACE YOUR WHEELS

If you have wheel damage such as bending, cracks or heavy corrosion, the wheel should be replaced.

If you fail to replace damaged wheels, the tire may slip off the wheel or cause loss of handling control.

WHEEL SELECTION

When replacing wheels, care should be taken to ensure that the wheels are replaced by ones with the same load capacity, diameter, rim width, and offset.

Correct replacement wheels are available at your Toyota dealer.

A wheel of a different size or type may adversely affect handling, wheel and bearing life, brake cooling, speedometer/odometer calibration, stopping ability, headlight aim, bumper height, vehicle ground clearance, and tire or snow chain clearance to the body and chassis.

Replacement with used wheels is not recommended as they may have been subjected to rough treatment or high mileage and could fail without warning. Also, bent wheels which have been straightened may have structural damage and therefore should not be used. Never use an inner tube in a leaking wheel which is designed for a tubeless tire.

268 2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

Aluminum wheel precautions

D

When installing aluminum wheels, check that the wheel nuts are tight after driving your vehicle the first 1600 km (1000 miles).

D

If you have rotated, repaired, or changed your tires, check that the wheel nuts are still tight after driving

1600 km (1000 miles).

D

When using tire chains, be careful not to damage the aluminum wheels.

D

Use only the Toyota wheel nuts and wrench designed for your aluminum wheels.

D

When balancing your wheels, use only

Toyota balance weights or equivalent and a plastic or rubber hammer.

D

As with any wheel, periodically check your aluminum wheels for damage. If damaged, replace immediately.

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U) 269

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

270 2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

SECTION

7

3

DO−IT−YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

Electrical components

Checking battery condition

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

272

Battery recharging precautions

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

273

Checking and replacing fuses

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

274

Adding washer fluid

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

275

Replacing light bulbs

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

275

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U) 271

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

Checking battery condition—

—Precautions

CAUTION

BATTERY PRECAUTIONS

The battery produces flammable and explosive hydrogen gas.

D

Do not cause a spark from the battery with tools.

D

Do not smoke or light a match near the battery.

The electrolyte contains poisonous and corrosive sulfuric acid.

D

Avoid contact with eyes, skin or clothes.

D

Never ingest electrolyte.

D

Wear protective safety glasses when working near the battery.

D

Keep children away from the battery.

EMERGENCY MEASURES

D

If electrolyte gets in your eyes, flush your eyes with clean water immediately and get immediate medical attention. If possible, continue to apply water with a sponge or cloth while en route to the medical office.

272

—Checking battery exterior

Terminals Ground cable D

If electrolyte gets on your skin, thoroughly wash the contact area. If you feel pain or burning, get medical attention immediately.

D

If electrolyte gets on your clothes, there is a possibility of its soaking through to your skin, so immediately take off the exposed clothing and follow the procedure above, if necessary.

D

If you accidentally swallow electrolyte, drink a large quantity of water or milk. Follow with milk of magnesia, beaten raw egg or vegetable oil. Then go immediately for emergency help.

D

Warning: Battery posts, terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds, chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and reproductive harm. Wash hands after handling.

Hold−down clamp

Check the battery for corroded or loose terminal connections, cracks, or loose hold−down clamp.

a. If the battery is corroded, wash it off with a solution of warm water and baking soda. Coat the outside of the terminals with grease to prevent further corrosion.

b. If the terminal connections are loose, tighten their clamp nuts—but do not overtighten.

c. Tighten the hold−down clamp only enough to keep the battery firmly in place. Overtightening may damage the battery case.

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

NOTICE z

Be sure the engine and all accessories are off before performing maintenance.

z

When checking the battery, remove the ground cable from the negative terminal (“−” mark) first and reinstall it last.

z

Be careful not to cause a short circuit with tools.

z

Take care no solution gets into the battery when washing it.

—Checking battery fluid

Type A

Green

Type B

Blue

Dark

White

Clear or light yellow

Red

CHECKING BY INDICATOR

Check the battery condition by the indicator color.

Indicator color

Type A

Green

Type B

Blue

Condition

Dark

Clear or light yellow

White

Red

Good

Charging necessary.

Have battery checked by your

Toyota dealer.

Have battery checked by your

Toyota dealer.

Battery recharging precautions

During recharging, the battery is producing hydrogen gas.

Therefore, before recharging:

1. If recharging with the battery installed on the vehicle, be sure to disconnect the ground cable.

2. Be sure the power switch on the recharger is off when connecting the charger cables to the battery and when disconnecting them.

CAUTION

D

Always charge the battery in an unconfined area. Do not charge the battery in a garage or closed room where there is not sufficient ventilation.

D

Only do a slow charge (5 A or less). Charging at a quicker rate is dangerous. The battery may explode, causing personal injuries.

NOTICE

Never recharge the battery while the engine is running. Also, be sure all accessories are turned off.

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U) 273

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

Checking and replacing fuses

Type A

Good

Type B

Good

Type C

Good

Blown

Blown

Blown

If the headlights or other electrical components do not work, check the fuses. If any of the fuses are blown, they must be replaced.

See “Fuse locations” in Section 7−1 for locations of the fuses.

Turn the ignition switch and inoperative component off. Pull a suspected fuse straight out and check it.

Determine which fuse may be causing the problem. The lid of the fuse box shows the name of the circuit for each fuse. See

Section 8 of this manual for the functions controlled by each circuit.

Type A fuses can be pulled out by the pull−out tool. The location of the pull−out tool is shown in the illustration.

If you are not sure whether the fuse has blown, try replacing the suspected fuse with one that you know is good.

If the fuse has blown, push a new fuse into the clip.

Only install a fuse with the amperage rating designated on the fuse box lid.

If you do not have a spare fuse, in an emergency you can pull out the “ACC”,

“DOME” or “A.C” fuse, which may be dispensable for normal driving, and use it if its amperage rating is the same.

If you cannot use one of the same amperage, use one that is lower, but as close as possible to the rating. If the amperage is lower than that specified, the fuse might blow out again but this does not indicate anything wrong. Be sure to get the correct fuse as soon as possible and return the substitute to its original clip.

It is a good idea to purchase a set of spare fuses and keep them in your vehicle for emergencies.

274 2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

If the new fuse immediately blows out, there is a problem with the electrical system. Have your Toyota dealer correct it as soon as possible.

CAUTION

Never use a fuse with a higher amperage rating, or any other object, in place of a fuse. This may cause extensive damage and possibly a fire.

Adding washer fluid

If any washer does not work, the washer tank may be empty. Add washer fluid.

You may use plain water as washer fluid.

However, in cold areas where temperatures range below freezing point, use washer fluid containing antifreeze. This product is available at your Toyota dealer and most auto parts stores. Follow the manufacturer’s directions for how much to mix with water.

NOTICE

Do not use engine antifreeze or any other substitute because it may damage your vehicle’s paint.

Replacing light bulbs—

The following illustrations show how to gain access to the bulbs. When replacing a bulb, make sure the ignition switch and light switch are off. Use bulbs with the wattage ratings given in the table.

CAUTION

D

To prevent yourself from burning, do not replace the light bulbs while they are hot.

D

Halogen bulbs have pressurized gas inside and require special handling.

They can burst or shatter if scratched or dropped. Hold a bulb only by its plastic or metal case.

Do not touch the glass part of a bulb with bare hands.

NOTICE

Only use a bulb of the listed type.

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U) 275

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

The inside of the lens of exterior lights such as headlights may temporarily fog up when the lens becomes wet in the rain or in a car wash. This is not a problem because the fogging is caused by the temperature difference between the outside and inside of the lens, just like the windshield fogged up in the rain. However, if there is a large drop of water on the inside of the lens, or if there is water pooled inside the light, contact your

Toyota dealer.

Light bulbs

Headlights

Parking lights

Front turn signal lights

Rear turn signal lights

Stop/tail lights

Back−up lights

License plate lights

High mounted stoplight

Interior light

Regular cab

Xtra−cab and double cab

Personal lights

Door courtesy lights

Glove box light

Bulb

No.

168

4157

NAK

1156

W

60/55

5

27/8

Type

A

B

C

27 D

1157 27/8

921 18

194 3.8

D

B

B

168 5 B

5

10

5

3

1.4

E

E

E

E

B

A: HB2 halogen bulbs

B: Wedge base bulbs (clear)

C: Wedge base bulbs (amber)

D: Single end bulbs

E: Double end bulbs

276 2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

—Headlights

1. Open the hood. Unplug the connector. Remove the rubber cover.

If the connector is tight, wiggle it.

2. Release the bulb retaining spring and remove the bulb. Install a new bulb and the bulb retaining spring.

To install a bulb, align the tabs of the bulb with the cutouts of the mounting hole.

3. Install the rubber cover with the

“TOP PULL” mark upward and snuggle on the boss. Then plug in the connector.

Make sure the rubber cover fits snugly on the connector and the headlight body.

Aiming is not necessary after replacing the bulb. When aiming adjustment is necessary, contact your Toyota dealer.

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U) 277

—Parking lights

Use a Phillips−head screwdriver.

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

—Front turn signal lights

278 2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

—Rear turn signal, stop/tail, and back−up lights

Outer side screws

45 mm (1.8 in.)

Use a Phillips−head screwdriver.

Inner side screws

30 mm

(1.2 in.) a: Rear turn signal light b: Stop/tail light c: Back−up light

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

—License plate lights

(type A)

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U) 279

280

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

—License plate lights

(type B) —High mounted stoplight

Use a Phillips−head screwdriver.

Use a Phillips−head screwdriver.

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

SECTION

8

SPECIFICATIONS

Dimensions

Payload

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

282

284

Engine

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

286

Fuel

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

286

Service specifications

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

286

Tires

Fuses

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

290

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

290

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U) 281

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

Dimensions

TWO−WHEEL DRIVE MODELS EXCEPT PRE RUNNER

Regular cab models

Overall length

4540 (178.7)

1

4685 (184.4)

2

Overall width

Overall height

8

Wheelbase

Front tread

Rear tread

1 : Without rear step bumper

2 : With rear step bumper

3 : With 5VZ−FE engine

4

: With P235/55R16 tires

5 : With P205/75R15 tires

6 : With automatic transmission

7 : With manual transmission

8 : Unladen vehicle

1690 (66.5)

1625 (64.0)

4, 6

1615 (63.6)

5, 6

1620 (63.8)

4, 7

1630 (64.2)

5, 7

2625 (103.3)

1450 (57.1)

1455 (57.3) mm (in.)

Xtra−cab models

5010 (197.2)

1

5155 (203.0)

2

1690 (66.5)

1765 (69.5)

3, 4

1590 (62.5)

3, 4

1605 (63.2)

4

1615 (63.6)

5

3095 (121.9)

1450 (57.1)

1455 (57.3)

282 2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

FOUR−WHEEL DRIVE MODELS AND PRE RUNNER

Overall length

Overall width

Regular cab models

4685 (184.4)

1690 (66.5)

1

1785 (70.3)

2

Overall height

4

1720 (67.7)

1

1750 (68.9)

2

Wheelbase

Front tread

Rear tread

1

2

: With P225/75R15 tires

3

: With P265/70R16 tires

4

: With roof rails

: Unladen vehicle

2625 (103.3)

1460 (57.5)

1

1500 (59.1)

2

1455 (57.3)

1

1495 (58.9)

2

Xtra−cab models

5155 (203.0)

1690 (66.5)

1785 (70.3)

1

2

1715 (67.5)

1

1745 (68.7)

2

3095 (121.9)

1460 (57.5)

1500 (59.1)

1

2

1455 (57.3)

1

1495 (58.9)

2 mm (in.)

Double cab models

5155 (203.0)

1785 (70.3)

1715 (67.5)

1

1745 (68.7)

2

1780 (70.1)

1, 3

1810 (71.3)

2, 3

3095 (121.9)

1460 (57.5)

1

1500 (59.1)

2

1455 (57.3)

1

1495 (58.9)

2

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U) 283

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

Payload

Without off−road package

Two−wheel drive models

Four−wheel drive models

Pre Runner

2RZ−FE engine

5VZ−FE engine

3RZ−FE engine

5VZ−FE engine

3RZ−FE engine

5VZ−FE engine

Regular cab

Xtra−cab

Xtra−cab

Regular cab

Xtra−cab

Xtra−cab

Double cab

Regular cab

Xtra−cab

Double cab

Xtra−cab

Double cab

Manual transmission

Automatic transmission

Manual transmission

Automatic transmission

Manual transmission

Manual transmission

Automatic transmission

Manual transmission

Automatic transmission

Manual transmission

Automatic transmission

Automatic transmission

Automatic transmission

Automatic transmission

Automatic transmission

Automatic transmission

Automatic transmission kg (lb.)

680 (1500)

671 (1480)

703 (1550)

694 (1530)

623 (1375)

821 (1810)

807 (1780)

739 (1630)

725 (1600)

718 (1585)

707 (1560)

632 (1395)

909 (2005)

830 (1830)

757 (1670)

791 (1745)

737 (1625)

284 2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

With off−road package

Four−wheel drive models

Pre Runner

: Occupants + luggage

3RZ−FE engine

5VZ−FE engine

3RZ−FE engine

5VZ−FE engine

Xtra−cab

Xtra−cab

Double cab

Xtra−cab

Double cab

Xtra−cab

Double cab

Manual transmission

Manual transmission

Automatic transmission

Automatic transmission

Automatic transmission

Automatic transmission

Automatic transmission

Automatic transmission kg (lb.)

716 (1580)

696 (1535)

684 (1510)

603 (1330)

814 (1795)

734 (1620)

768 (1695)

707 (1560)

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U) 285

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

Engine

Model:

2RZ−FE, 3RZ−FE and 5VZ−FE

Type:

2RZ−FE and 3RZ−FE engines

4 cylinder in line, 4 cycle, gasoline

5VZ−FE engine

6 cylinder V type, 4 cycle, gasoline

Bore and stroke, mm (in.):

2RZ−FE engine

95.0

86.0 (3.74

3.39)

3RZ−FE engine

95.0

95.0 (3.74

3.74)

5VZ−FE engine

93.5

82.0 (3.68

3.23)

Displacement, cm

3

(cu. in.):

2RZ−FE engine

3RZ−FE engine

5VZ−FE engine

2438 (148.8)

2694 (164.3)

3378 (206.1)

Fuel

Fuel type:

Unleaded gasoline, Octane Rating 87

(Research Octane Number 91) or higher

Fuel tank capacity, L (gal., Imp. gal.):

Two−wheel drive models except Pre

Runner

60 (16.0, 13.3)

Four−wheel drive models and Pre

Runner

70 (18.5, 15.4)

Service specifications

ENGINE

Valve clearance (engine cold), mm (in.):

2RZ−FE and 3RZ−FE engines

Intake 0.15—0.25 (0.006—0.010)

Exhaust 0.25—0.35 (0.010—0.014)

5VZ−FE engine

Intake 0.13—0.23 (0.006—0.009)

Exhaust 0.27—0.37 (0.011—0.014)

Spark plug type:

2RZ−FE and 3RZ−FE engines

DENSO K16R−U11

NGK BKR5EYA−11

5VZ−FE engine

DENSO

NGK

K16TR11

BKR5EKB−11

Spark plug gap, mm (in.):

1.1 (0.043)

286 2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

Drive belt tension measured with Borroughs drive belt tension gauge No.

BT−33−73F (used belt), lbf:

2RZ−FE and 3RZ−FE engines

Generator belt 115

"

20

Air conditioning compressor belt

100

"

20

Power steering pump belt

100

+20

−15

5VZ−FE engine

Generator belt 100

"

20

Air conditioning compressor belt

100

"

20

Power steering pump belt

100

+20

−15

ENGINE LUBRICATION

Oil capacity (drain and refill), L (qt., Imp.

qt.):

Two−wheel drive models except Pre

Runner

2RZ−FE engine

With filter

Without filter

5.5 (5.8, 4.8)

4.8 (5.0, 4.2)

5VZ−FE engine

With filter

Without filter

5.4 (5.7, 4.8)

5.1 (5.4, 4.5)

Four−wheel drive models and Pre

Runner

3RZ−FE engine

With filter

Without filter

5VZ−FE engine

With filter

Without filter

5.4 (5.7, 4.8)

4.7 (5.0, 4.1)

5.2 (5.5, 4.6)

4.9 (5.2, 4.3)

Oil grade:

API grade SJ “Energy−Conserving”, SL

“Energy−Conserving” or ILSAC multigrade engine oil is recommended.

Recommended oil viscosity (SAE):

5W-30 Preferred

Temperature range anticipated before next oil change

COOLING SYSTEM

Total capacity, L (qt., Imp. qt.):

Two−wheel drive models except Pre

Runner

With manual transmission

2RZ−FE engine

5VZ−FE engine

8.0

(8.5, 7.0)

9.7 (10.3, 8.5)

With automatic transmission

2RZ−FE engine 7.8

(8.2, 6.9)

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U) 287

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

Four−wheel drive models and Pre

Runner

With manual transmission

3RZ−FE engine 8.3

(8.8, 7.3)

5VZ−FE engine 10.1 (10.7, 8.9)

With automatic transmission

3RZ−FE engine 8.2

(8.7, 7.2)

5VZ−FE engine 10.0 (10.5, 8.8)

Coolant type:

“TOYOTA Long Life Coolant” or equivalent

With ethylene−glycol type coolant for a proper corrosion protection of aluminum components

Do not use alcohol type antifreeze or plain water alone.

BATTERY

Open voltage

at 20

°

C (68

°

F):

12.6—12.8 V Fully charged

12.2—12.4 V

11.8—12.0 V

Half charged

Discharged

: Voltage that is checked 20 minutes after the key is removed with all the lights turned off

Charging rates:

5 A max.

CLUTCH

Pedal free play, mm (in.):

5—15 (0.2—0.6)

Fluid type:

SAE J1703 or FMVSS No.116 DOT 3

MANUAL TRANSMISSION

Oil capacity, L (qt., Imp. qt.):

2RZ−FE engine

3RZ−FE engine

5VZ−FE engine

Two−wheel drive models

2.6 (2.7, 2.3)

2.5 (2.6, 2.2)

2.6 (2.7, 2.3)

Four−wheel drive models

2.2 (2.3, 1.9)

Oil type:

Gear Oil API GL−4 or GL−5

Recommended oil viscosity:

SAE 75W−90

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION

Fluid capacity (drain and refill), L (qt.,

Imp. qt.):

Two−wheel drive models except Pre

Runner

Up to 2.4 (2.5, 2.1)

Four−wheel drive models and Pre Runner

Up to 2.0 (2.1, 1.8)

Fluid type:

Automatic transmission fluid D−II or

DEXRON r

III (DEXRON r

II)

TRANSFER

Oil capacity, L (qt., Imp. qt.):

1.0 (1.1, 0.9)

Oil type:

Gear Oil API GL−4 or GL−5

Recommended oil viscosity:

SAE 75W−90

288 2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

DIFFERENTIAL

Oil capacity, L (qt., Imp. qt.):

Two−wheel drive models except Pre

Runner

2RZ−FE engine 1.35 (1.4, 1.2)

5VZ−FE engine 2.55 (2.7, 2.2)

Four−wheel drive models and Pre

Runner

Front (except Pre Runner)

1.15 (1.2, 1.0)

Rear

Short wheel base

With rear differential lock system

2.65 (2.8, 2.3)

Without rear differential lock system

2.55 (2.7, 2.2)

Extra long wheel base

With rear differential lock system

2.95 (3.1, 2.6)

Without rear differential lock system

2.45 (2.6, 2.2)

Oil type:

Hypoid Gear Oil API GL−5

Recommended oil viscosity:

Front

SAE 75W−90

Rear

Above −18

_

C (0

_

F)

SAE 90

Below −18

_

C (0

_

F)

SAE 80W or 80W−90

CHASSIS LUBRICATION

Wheel bearings:

Lithium base wheel bearing grease,

NLGI No.2

Front drive shaft thrust bushings:

Synthetic oil and lithium soap base chassis grease, NLGI No.1

Propeller shafts:

Spiders

Lithium base chassis grease, NLGI

No.2

Slide yoke and double cardan joint

Molybdenum−disulfide lithium base chassis grease, NLGI No.2

BRAKES

Minimum pedal clearance when depressed with a pressure of 490 N (50 kgf, 110 lbf) when the engine is stopped and after depress the brake pedal several times, mm

(in.):

105 (4.1)

Pedal free play, mm (in.):

1—6 (0.04—0.24)

Pad wear limit, mm (in.):

1.0 (0.04)

Lining wear limit, mm (in.):

1.0 (0.04)

Parking brake adjustment when pulled with the force of 196 N (20 kgf, 44 lbf):

12—18 clicks

Fluid type:

SAE J1703 or FMVSS No.116 DOT 3

STEERING

Wheel free play:

Less than 30 mm (1.2 in.)

Power steering fluid type:

Automatic transmission fluid DEXRON r

II or III

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U) 289

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

Tires

Tire size

Tire pressure kPa (kgf/cm 2 or bar, psi)

Front Rear

Wheel size

P205/75R15 97S 200 (2.0, 29) 200 (2.0, 29)

15 6J

15 6JJ

P225/75R15 102S

P235/55R16 96T

P265/70R16 111S

180 (1.8, 26)

200 (2.0, 29)

180 (1.8, 26)

200 (2.0, 29)

220 (2.2, 32)

180 (1.8, 26)

15 7J

15 7JJ

16 6 1/2JJ

16 7J

16 7JJ

P265/70R16 111T 180 (1.8, 26)

180 (1.8, 26)

1

200 (2.0, 29)

2

16 7JJ

1 : Double cab models

2 : Regular cab and Xtra−cab models

Wheel nut torque, N·m (kgf·m, ft·lbf):

110 (11.5, 83)

NOTE: For a complete information on tires (e.g. replacing tires or replacing wheels), see “Checking tire pressure” through “Aluminum wheel precautions” in Section 7−2.

Fuses

Engine compartment (without daytime running light system)

Fuses (type A)

1. HEAD (RH) 10 A: Right−hand headlight

2. HEAD (LH) 10 A: Left−hand headlight

3. DRL 7.5 A: Daytime running light system

4. HEAD (HI RH) 10 A: Right−hand headlight (high beam), high beam indicator light

5. HEAD (HI LH) 10 A: Left−hand headlight (high beam)

6. HEAD (LO RH) 10 A: Right−hand headlight (low beam)

290 2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

Engine compartment (with daytime running light system)

7. HEAD (LO LH) 10 A: Left−hand headlight (low beam)

8. TAIL 10 A: Tail lights, licence plate lights

9. A.C 10 A: Air conditioning system

10. FOG 15 A: No circuit

11. DOME 15 A: Car audio system, interior light, clock, personal lights, door courtesy light, day time running light system, gauges and meters

12. OBD 7.5 A: On−board diagnosis system

Instrument panel

13. EFI 20 A: Multiport fuel injection system/sequential multiport fuel injection system

14. ALT−S 7.5 A: Charging system

15. PWR OUTLET 15 A: Power outlet

16. ECU−IG 15 A: Cruise control system, anti−lock brake system, automatic transmission shift lock system, SRS airbag system

17. TURN 10 A: Turn signal lights, emergency flashers

18. WIPER 20 A: Windshield wipers and washer

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

19. 4WD 20 A: A.D.D. control system, four−wheel drive control system, rear differential lock system

20. ACC 15 A: Cigarette lighter, clock, power rear view mirrors, back−up lights, automatic transmission shift lock system, SRS airbag system, seat belt pretensioners, car audio system

21. GAUGE 10 A: Day time running light system, back−up lights, cruise control system, rear differential lock system, electronically controlled automatic transmission system, starting system, charging system, air conditioning system

22. IGN 7.5 A: Gauges and meters, SRS airbag system, seat belt pretensioners, multiport fuel injection system/sequential multiport fuel injection system

23. ECU−B 7.5 A: SRS warning light, air conditioning system

24. HORN−HAZ 15 A: Emergency flashers, horns

25. STA 7.5 A: Clutch start cancel system, starting system

291

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

26. STOP 10 A: Stop lights, high mounted stoplight, cruise control system, anti− lock brake system, multiport fuel injection system/sequential multiport fuel injection system

Fuses (type B)

27. POWER 30 A: Power windows, power seat

28. J/B 50 A: All components in “POWER”,

“HORN.HAZ”, “STOP” and “ECU−B” fuses

29. AM2 30 A: Ignition system, multiport fuel injection system/sequential fuel injection system

30. HEATER 50 A: All components in “A.C” fuse

31. AM1 40 A: Starting system

Fuses (type C)

32. ABS 60 A: Anti−lock brake system

33. ALT 120 A: All components in “AM1”,

“HEATER”, “A.C”, “TAIL”, “ALT−S” and

“PWR OUTLET” fuses

292 2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

SECTION

9

REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS FOR U.S.

OWNERS, UNIFORM TIRE QUALITY

GRADING AND CAMPER INFORMATION

Reporting safety defects for U.S. owners

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

294

Uniform tire quality grading

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

294

Camper information

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

295

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U) 293

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

Reporting safety defects for

U.S. owners

If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic

Safety Administration (NHTSA) in addition to notifying Toyota Motor

Sales, U.S.A., Inc. (Toll−free:

1−800−331−4331).

If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy campaign. However,

NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you, your dealer, or Toyota Motor

Sales, U.S.A., Inc.

To contact NHTSA, you may either call the Auto Safety Hotline toll−free at 1−800−424−9393 (or

366−0123 in Washington, D.C.

area) or write to: NHTSA, U.S.Department of Transportation, Washington, D.C. 20590. You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from the Hotline.

Uniform tire quality grading

This information has been prepared in accordance with regulations issued by the

National Highway Traffic Safety Administration of the U.S. Department of Transportation. It provides the purchasers and/ or prospective purchasers of Toyota vehicles with information on uniform tire quality grading.

Your Toyota dealer will help answer any questions you may have as you read this information.

DOT quality grades—All passenger car tires must conform to Federal Safety

Requirements in addition to these grades. Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width. For example: Treadwear

200 Traction AA Temperature A

294 2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

Treadwear—The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course. For example, a tire graded 150 would wear one and a half (1−1/2) times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100. The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use, however, and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits, service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate.

Traction AA, A, B, C—The traction grades, from highest to lowest, are AA, A,

B, and C, and they represent the tire’s ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire marked C may have poor traction performance.

Warning: The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on braking (straight ahead) traction tests and does not include cornering (turning) traction.

Temperature A, B, C—The temperature grades are A (the highest), B, and C, representing the tire’s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel. Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life, and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure. The grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor

Vehicle Safety Standard No.109. Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law.

Warning: The temperature grades for this tire are established for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded. Excessive speed, underinflation, or excessive loading, either separately or in combination, can cause heat buildup and possible tire failure.

Camper information—

This information has been prepared in accordance with regulation issued by the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration of the U.S. Department of

Transportation. It provides the purchasers and/or prospective purchasers of Toyota vehicles with information on truck−camper loading. Your Toyota dealer will help answer any questions you may have as you read this information.

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U) 295

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

—Center of gravity location

Rear end of truck bed

Recommended location for cargo center of gravity for cargo weight rating

A

B

Two−wheel drive models except Pre Runner

Regular cab models

Xtra−cab models

2RZ−FE engine

A

1397

(55.0)

5VZ−FE engine

1372

(54.0)

1397

(55.0) mm (in.)

B

965

(38.0)

927

(36.5)

927

(36.5)

Four−wheel drive models and Pre Runner

A

1257

(49.5)

B

901

(35.5) mm (in.)

The figures given in the illustration indicate the recommended center of gravity zone.

CAUTION

If a load is too far back, it can cause dangerous handling. If it is too far forward, the front axle may be overloaded.

—Cargo weight rating and proper matching

Camper center of gravity

Recommended center of gravity location zone

Cargo weight rating

Two−wheel drive models except Pre Runner

Regular cab models with full options’ weight of 90 kg (205 lb.)

With 2 occupants

430 kg (950 lb.)

With 3 occupants

375 kg (830 lb.)

296 2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

Xtra−cab models with full options’ weight of 85 kg (195 lb.)

With 2 occupants in the front seats and no occupants in the rear seats

365 kg (815 lb.)

With 3 occupants in the front seats and no occupants in the rear seats

365 kg (810 lb.)

With 3 occupants in the front seats and 2 occupants in the rear seats

265 kg (590 lb.)

Four−wheel drive models and Pre Runner

Regular cab models with full options’ weight of 120 kg (265 lb.)

With 2 occupants

500 kg (1100 lb.)

With 3 occupants

465 kg (1025 lb.)

Xtra−cab models with full options’ weight of 125 kg (280 lb.)

Vehicles with off road package

With 2 occupants in the front seats and no occupants in the rear seats

340 kg (750 lb.)

With 2 occupants in the front seats and 2 occupants in the rear seats

135 kg (300 lb.)

Vehicles without off road package

With 2 occupants in the front seats and no occupants in the rear seats

440 kg (975 lb.)

With 3 occupants in the front seats and no occupants in the rear seats

370 kg (825 lb.)

With 3 occupants in the front seats and 2 occupants in the rear seats

235 kg (525 lb.)

When the truck is used to carry a slide−in camper, the total cargo load of the truck consists of the manufacturer’s camper weight figure, the weight of installed additional camper equipment not included in the manufacturer’s camper weight figure, the weight of camper cargo, and the weight of passengers in the camper.

The total cargo load should not exceed the truck’s cargo weight rating and the camper’s center of gravity should fall within the truck’s recommended center of gravity zone when installed.

CAUTION

Be careful—overloading can cause dangerous braking and handling problems, and can damage your vehicle and its tires.

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U) 297

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

—Gross axle and vehicle weight ratings

Gross axle weight rating

Gross vehicle weight rating

Front GAWR Rear GAWR

Secure loose items to prevent weight shifts that could affect the balance of your vehicle. When the truck camper is loaded, drive to a scale and weigh on the front and on the rear wheels separately to determine axle loads. Individual axle loads should not exceed either of the Gross

Axle Weight Ratings (GAWR). The total of the axle loads should not exceed the

Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR).

These ratings are given on the vehicle

Certification Label which is located on the door latch post on the left side of the vehicle. See “Your Toyota’s identification” in Section 2 for the Certification Label location. If weight ratings are exceeded, move or remove items to bring all weights below the ratings.

298

Not exceed GVWR

GAWR

Two−wheel drive models except Pre Runner

Front

Rear

1000 kg (2200 lb.)

1135 kg (2500 lb.)

Four−wheel drive models and Pre Runner

Front

Rear

1200 kg (2650 lb.)

1270 kg (2800 lb.)

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

GVWR

Two−wheel drive models except Pre Runner

Regular cab models

1920 kg (4250 lb.)

Xtra−cab models

2040 kg (4500 lb.)

Four−wheel drive models and Pre Runner

2315 kg (5100 lb.)

If weight ratings are exceeded, move or remove items to bring all weights below the ratings.

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

Quick index

D

If a service reminder indicator or warning buzzer comes on

D If your vehicle overheats

. . . . . . . .

D If your vehicle will not start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

D

If your engine stalls while driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

116

218

221

221

D If you have a flat tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

D

If your vehicle needs to be towed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

D

Tips for driving during break−in period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

222

232

189

D How to start the engine

D

General maintenance

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

D

Complete index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

204

247

NO TAG

Gas station information

Fuel type:

UNLEADED gasoline, Octane Rating 87 (Research Octane Number 91) or higher

See page 189 for detailed information.

Fuel tank capacity:

Two−wheel drive models except Pre Runner

60 L (16.0 gal., 13.3 lmp. gal.)

Four−wheel drive models and Pre Runner

70 L (18.5 gal., 15.4 lmp. gal.)

Engine oil:

API grade SJ “Energy−Conserving”, SL “Energy−Conserving” or ILSAC multigrade engine oil is recommended.

See page 260 for detailed information.

Tire information: See pages 264 through 269.

Tire pressure: See page 290.

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U) f U

-8

Publication No. OM35786U

Part No. 01999-35786

Printed in Japan 01−0109−00

( U)

I

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

You should know as much about the quality and importance of proper maintenance of your new vehicle as the people who built it.

The Toyota authorized Repair Manual tells you how to maintain your vehicle and enables you to correctly perform your own maintenance.

The best way to keep your new vehicle in top running order is to maintain it properly from the moment you drive it off the showroom floor.

The Toyota authorized Repair Manual is packed with literally everything you need to know to perform your own maintenance in virtually every area of your new vehicle.

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

Maintenance procedures for the engine, chassis, body, electrical system, and more, are clearly explained and illustrated.

Periodic maintenance and tune−up

Periodic maintenance and tune−up helps to prevent small problems from growing into larger ones later on. The repair manual outlines exactly what maintenance is required and clearly explains how to do the work yourself step−by−step.

Areas covered include such things as spark plug replacement, valve clearance adjustment and engine oil and filter replacement.

Where to obtain the

Repair Manual

The repair manual for TOYOTA Tacoma, written in English, may be purchased as applicable from any Toyota dealer.

Pub. Name: 2002 TOYOTA Tacoma Repair

Manual

Pub. No.: RM921U1 (Maintenance,

Preparation, Service specifications and Diagnostics)

RM921U2 (Engine, Chassis and

Body)

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

’02 Tacoma U (L/O 0109)

U

WE REALLY CARE ABOUT YOU PLEASE BUCKLE UP

Toyota has made a special effort to encourage use of seat belts.

Toyota belts are:

D

Comfortable

D

Easy to use

D

Convenient

We encourage you to use your belts every time you drive.

2002 MY TACOMA_U (OM35786U)

advertisement

Was this manual useful for you? Yes No
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the workof artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Related manuals

Download PDF

advertisement